You are on page 1of 235

Video Product

MV850i E,MV830i E
MV830 E ,MV800i E
MV800 E ,MV790 E
No. D17-8516, 8619, 8626, 8629, 8623, 8633, 8638, 8639
Digital Video Camera

iPAL

Canon Inc.
Digital Imaging Products Service Dept.

c CANON INC. 2005

First Edition : Jan. 2005
First Print : Jan. 2005

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
CONTENTS
1. Product Overview -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1
1-1 Concept ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1
1-2 Design ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
1-3 List of Main Features -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
1-3-1 High Image Quality ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
1-3-2 Advanced Functions and Comfortable Operation ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
1-4 Product Specifications Comparison Chart -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8
1-5 Main Specifications ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9
2. Performance/Functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 15
3. Compatibility with new format (HDV recorded tapes) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29
3-1 Background ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29
3-2 Compatibility with HDV tape alarm indication ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 29
3-3 Recording format capable of alarm indication ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29
3-4 Details ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29
3-4-1 At after-recording ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 29
3-4-2 At playback or special playback (Rec search excluded) --------------------------------------------------------------- 29
4. System Diagram -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 30
5. Overview of Viewfinder / LCD Panel Displays -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31
5-1 Camera Mode --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 31
5-2 VCR Mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 36
5-3 Card / Camera Mode (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only) ----------------------------------------------------------------- 40
5-4 Card Playback Mode (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only) ----------------------------------------------------------------- 42
5-4-1 Still Image Playback -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 42
5-4-2 Video (Motion JPEG) Still Image Playback ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 44
5-4-3 Direct Printing --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 45
5-5 Menu Display --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 46
5-6 Card-Related Screen Displays (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only) ------------------------------------------------------ 62
5-7 Direct Print Setting screen (MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E only) ---------------------------------------------------------- 70
6. Warning Displays ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 72

MV800i E. 690 E (460cc) MV850i E.2mm −2. 800 E. 700i E. MV830 E.75mm MV750i E. 800i E. 830 E. Compact and Stylish Comcorder ◆ New. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 1. 790 E (420cc) Protrusions in MV750i E. smaller design −9. MV800 E. 700i E. MV830i E. 730i E. 700 E.MV850i E. 700 E. 690 E have been smoothed out! 1 .5mm −7. 730i E. 830i E. Product Overview 1-1 Concept Leader of the Entry Class High-magnification.

000 4:3 16:9 Cut out from 4:3 area Uses wide area in horizontal direction outside of 4:3 area Wide angle ends: Wide end: Approx. MV800i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT ◆ 16:9 high image quality available first in the class of non-megapixel entry models High-resolution 16:9 (Widescreen TV) CCD MV750i E MV730i E MV700i E/MV700 E/MV690 E MV850i E MV830i E/MV830 E MV800i E/MV800 E/MV790 E Approx. 58 mm Approx.MV850i E.) 2 . MV800 E. 540.000 Approx. 44 mm (35mm equivalent) (35mm equivalent) ◆ Easy openation Fully automatic one-touch button Easy Shooting Operation Button (Appearance may vary . MV830i E. MV830 E. 300.

now in its fifth generation. MV830 E. The EASY button (green mode button) is located in an easy-to-find position by the user for emphasizing ease of use. The elimination of the LCD OPEN button enabled the adding of space for finger grips. Stylish button shapes enable easier operation and express more distinctive character. Decorative parts hide the parting line without distracting from the flush surface and also enhance the stylish image and serve as finger grips. 3 . MV800i E. Shape where the lens and viewfinder flow smoothly together Slim & Stream Design Design Features The metallic badge with the engraved DIGIC DV logo mark enhances the sense of high image quality and elegance. MV830i E. Protrusion of the lens barrel section was reduced for more compact feel. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 1-2 Design Slim & Stream Design Most advanced version of the slim & slant design. Viewfinder is pull-out only.MV850i E. MV800 E.

Mode selector key that does not distract from the flush surface. less protruding. MV800i E/800 E/790 E model Super Night LED 4 . MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT Shoulder strap hole does not distract from the flush surface. MV800 E. slim design! The lens protrusion is used as a finger grip (useful for people with large hands). MV800i E.MV850i E. MV850i E model MV830i E/830 E. The zoom lever has a new smaller. MV830i E. MV830 E.

MV800i E.MV850i E. MV830i E. MV800 E. MV830 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MV850i E model MV800i E/800 E/790 E model Gun metal coating No coating Metallic hot stamp MV830i E/830 E model Color printing Gun metal coating Color printing 5 .

530. ( : MV850i E only) (2) Night mode button (Night mode. Program AE function Includes Easy.8 to 61. MV830i E.400. Auto. (4) 2. and one double-sided. 1-3-2 Advanced Functions and Comfortable Operation Shooting functions (1) Easy mode. Spotlight.540. Portrait. Night+. MV800i E/800 E Optical magnification : 20× Nomina focal length 35mm equivalent(at 4:3) MV790 E Optical magnification Nomina focal length 35mm equivalent (at 4:3) Lens configuration : 2. (3) Auto Slow Shutter function The slow-side shutter speeds for Easy/Auto mode were expanded. camera switches to the Nightmode (Night.8 to 56 mm : Approx. 53.MV850i E.6× Wide Attachment (WA-28) included (MV850i E only) (5) Includes DIGIC DV video engine. MV800i E. Night+ mode .000 pixels (702 (H) × 576 (V)) 16:9 Approx. MV830i E/830 E CARD : Approx. Super Night mode ) ( : MV850i E only) When a Night mode button is pressed in a program mode other than Easy mode.4-inch LCD with 112. Low Light. high-magnification zoom lens MV850i E Optical magnification Nomina focal length 35mm equivalent (at 4:3) : 22× : 2.6 mm : Approx.000 pixels (802 (H) × 660 (V)) TAPE : 4:3 Approx. 800.000 pixels (935 (H) × 576 (V)) (3) Includes high-performance. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 1-3 List of Main Features 1-3-1 High Image Quality (1) Total pixels/CCD size Approx. Surf (Sand) & Snow.75-1181mm MV830i E/830 E. and Night (Night.5sec (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) This enables shooting of subjects in low brightness.400. Tape : 1/50sec→1/25sec Card : 1/25sec→1/12.000 pixels (702 (H) × 576 (V)) 16:9 Approx.4 mm : Approx. 53. one high-refraction glass. MV830 E. SuperNight ) modes. or Super Night) that was preset in the menu. aspherical lens are used (4) 0. Sports.000 pixels (935 (H) × 576 (V)) MV800i E/800 E/790 E CARD : None TAPE : 4:3 Approx.7-967mm 11 elements in 8 groups.000 pixels with 1/6-inch CCD (complementary color filter) (2) Effective pixels MV850i E. Night+ .8 to 50. 53.7-1074mm : 18× : 2.000 pixels (5) Skin detail mode (6) Auto Wind Cut function (Auto/Off) (7) Electronic image stabilizer (MV850i E. MV800 E. MV830i E/830 E only) 6 .540.

the desired frame can be selected from three range-finding frames in the screen.) (2) Card Movie Size 320 × 240. Select Startup Screen. MV830i E. mixed shooting is possible for animation moving within the screen. MV830 E. MV830i E/830 E only) (12) Battery charging function NB-2LH charges in approx. in Card Animation. 40% smaller size than previous remote control. Select Self Timer Sound ( : MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) (4) Direct Print (MV850i E. and BP-2L14 charges in approx. digital effects. (10) New compact remote control (WL-D85) included (MV850i E. approx. 5× zoom (16) Language support by destination Europe models : German. 160 × 120 dots. Bubble Jet Direct printers and PictBridge printers (5) DPOF format print designation (image transfer is also possible) (MV850i E. 60 minutes (when using SD card) (3) Progressive Photo Comfortable Operation/Miscellaneous (1) Includes wide-screen TV button (WIDE SCREEN) High resolution 16:9 mode setting (2) Includes LCD backlight button (LCD BACK LIGHT) Switches the brightness of the LCD backlight. the user can start the tape at the position where shooting last ended. fader functions (menu setting) and others. MV800 E. Russian. MV830i E/830 E only) (6) Exif 2. Simplified Chinese. (9) AE shift Holding down the AE shift button enables adjustment of the AE level (disabled in Easy mode. the frame is fixed at the screen center in Easy mode and Stitch Shooting mode. Spanish. 12. Japanese (8-language support) Asia models : English. Simplified Chinese. 130 minutes. AE shift amount ±7 levels (0 to ±2. Traditional Chinese. VCR play and stop and access to memory card) (15) Playback zoom Max. Select Startup Sound. 235 minutes. (8) Date search (MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT (8) Card Mix (MV850i E. English.5 frames/sec Max. MV830i E/830 E only) 20 keys. MV830i E/830 E only). MV830i E/830 E only) (1) AF frame selection function In Card Camera mode. uses CR2025 lithium batteries Remote control code setting disabled (ON/OFF only) (11) My Camera function Create Startup Screen*. MV830i E/830 E only) The user can find the beginning of the first scene that was shot on a specific date. Key and Camera Chroma Key shooting is possible (sample images are recorded in the bundled disc). conventional analog signals can be converted to digital signals and output to a DV jack (14) DV Messenger 2 (Available by download from web site) Enables bidirectional communication of audio/video and messages (text/images) over the Internet. MV830i E/830 E only) During camera shooting. (13) Analog to digital signal conversion : AV jack→IEEE1394 jack (Not available in MV830 E. MV800 E/790 E models) When connected to a computer. MV830i E/830 E only) Supports CP Direct printers (no support for CP10/100 in MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) (7) End search When shooting after playback. MV800i E. Korean (4-language support) 7 . Italian. and Surf & Snow mode). (However. Card Lumi. French. Spotlight mode. (9) Includes audio dubbing (MV850i E. (3) Tape (motion video) / Card (still images) simultaneous recording (MV850i E. Also.2 (Exif Print) compliant (MV850i E.MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E model).0) Card recording function (MV850i E. Select Shutter Sound. Enables DV operations from a remote PC (camera zoom and focus.

and file transfer enabled) 8 × .MV850i E. 530. magnification during tape operation) Max. 800 E MV790 E 1/6-inch interlaced Total pixels Approx. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 1-4 Product Specifications Comparison Chart Specifications MV850i E MV830i E. 800.000 pixels) Included Included Not supported 1024 × 768. 830 E Shooting elements (size) MV800i E. magnification None during card operation Super Night mode LCD monitor Memory card Still image recording × (Night mode only) ● (White LED included) 2. MV830i E. 640 × 480 pixels Video size Wide attachment lens 320 × 240. MV830 E.000 pixels Effective video pixels Approx. 160 × 120 × Included (WA-28) Remote control Included (WL-D85) Analog→Digital ● × × MV850i E/830i E/800i E only conversion AV→IEEE1394 ● (IEEE1394 only) Streaming Supplied battery USB port NB-2LH ●(USB 2.000 pixels Not supported × 22 × 20 × 20 × 18 × 440 × 400 × 400 × 360 × 88 × 80 magnification Electronic zoom magnification (Max. 400. MV800i E. PTP support.000 pxiels (at 4:3) Still image effective pixels Optical zoom Approx.0 Full Speed compliant. MV800 E.4-inch (112.

540. MV830i E.6 to 3.4 mm Card MV850i E : 2.6 mm MV830i E/830 E : 2. MV800i E.6 to 3.000 pixels (4:3) Card Approx.6 to 2.2 MV790 E model: F1.6 to 3.5 lx illumination Low Light mode 3. MV800 E.2 MV800i E/800 E : F1.6 MV830i E/830 E : F1. MV800i E. MV830 E.9 Aperture leaves (Number of leaves) 2 leaves Zoom speed Variable Filter diameter Noise reduction Camera 28mm P0. MV790 E Camera Image sensing Image size 1/6-inch CCD device System (filter) Interlacing (Color correction filter) Total number of pixels Number of effective pixels 800.5 Tape Card Either CCD-NR or Y/C-NR Motion video Still image × Chroma-only.000 pixels Tape Approx.8 to 56 mm MV800i E/800 E : 2.MV850i E.8 to 61. 400. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 1-5 Main Specifications Item MV850i E. MV800 E.000 pixels (Widescreen TV 16:9) Lens Nominal focal length Tape MV850i E : 2. MV830i E.0 lx Image Image stabilization system Electronic system (in tape mode only) stabilizer Sensing method Angular velocity sensing 9 .8 to 61.6 mm MV830i E/830 E : 2.8 to 56 mm MV800i E/800 E/790 E : Not supported Optical zoom magnification Tape/ Card MV850i E : 22× MV830i E/830 E : 20× MV800i E/800 E : 20× (tape only) MV790 E : 18× (tape only) Digital zoom Magnification Tape magnification MV850i E : 88×/440× (selectable) MV830i E/830 E : 80×/400× (selectable) MV800i E/800 E : 80×/400× (selectable) MV790 E : 72×/360× (selectable) Card MV850i E : 88× MV830i E/830 E : 80× MV800i E/800 E/790 E : Not supported System Tape CCD readout Card CCD readout F-value MV850i E : F1. 530. median filter Recorder C-NR system Minimum Auto mode (with auto slow shutter ON) 7.000 pixels (MV800i E/800 E/790 E is not supported) Approx.5 lx Night mode 2.8 to 56 mm MV790 E : 2. MV830 E.8 to 50.

Low Light. Sports mode. and Surf & Snow modes are not available) Exposure correction Gain setting/Higher sensitivity Auto × Back light correction Shutter speed Shutter speed setting Tape 6 levels (1/50. MV830i E. Night mode. Night+*. Spotlight. MV790 E Shooting functions AE mode Program AE Tape Easy (Auto. MV800i E. Super Night* (* : MV850i E only)) Photometric Tape system Center-bottomweighted average Easy mode. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT Item MV850i E. 1/120. MV800 E. Low Light mode. 128 segments 10 . Super Night mode* (* : MV850i E only) Evaluation photometry Spotlight mode. Portrait mode. Portrait. Night+ mode* . Sports. Surf & Snow mode (Sand & Snow mode) (128-segments) + All area photometry AF frame linked AE × Exposure AE lock × adjustment AE shift Included (Easy. Super Night* Tape 1/6 to 1/500 sec (* : MV850i E model only) Card 1/2 to 1/250 sec Aperture value Auto iris Auxiliary light Flash × source Video light × White LED (MV850i E only) ●Included (light source in Super Night and Night+ modes) Image quality Color gain adjustment × adjustment Hue adjustment × Sharpness adjustment × Setup adjustment × (Custom preset) White balance Auto ● Preset Outdoors (5600K). Sports. Night mode. 1/1000. MV800i E. Auto mode. Night+* .5 sec (fixed) Night. MV800 E. 1/250. Low Light (128-segments) model mode. MV830i E. Sports mode. Low Light. Spotlight. Portrait mode. MV830 E. 1/25 to 1/500 sec (with auto slow shutter ON) Card 1/25 to 1/250 sec (with auto slow shutter OFF). indoors (3200K) Systems TTL. Surf & Snow. Surf & Snow. Portrait. Spotlight. Night. Night*+. MV830 E.MV850i E. Night+ mode* . 1/12. Auto mode. Super Night* (* : MV850i E only)) Card (Full Auto) (Auto.5 to 1/250 sec (with auto slow shutter ON) Low Light mode 1/12. 1/2000 sec) Card Switch to upper limit of 1/250 second (program AE included) Auto Tape 1/50 to 1/500 sec (with auto slow shutter OFF). Surf & Snow mode (Sand & Snow mode) (128-segments) + All area photometry Card Evaluative photometry Easy mode.Super Night mode* (* : MV850i E only) Evaluation photometry Spotlight mode. 1/500.

30 sec) Still image Recording system Progressive photo recording Single image ● (MV850i E. Fast (4 fields).MV850i E. Ball. Not available in MV800i E/800 E/790 E) Zoom Speed Widescreen Recording system TV (16:9) Digital fade Multi-level adjustable speed (optical : 8 ×. MV830i E. Puzzle. Slow (12 fields) 1/25 sec Multi-screen Motion video Mode shooting 4/9/16 Tape Card miniDV (SP. Corner Wipe. Wipe. approx. Animation (Corner Animation. MV800i E. Super Night mode. Normal (8 fields). 160 × 120 dots SDC-8M QVGA : 320 × 240 dots (continuous. Sepia. 480 sec) QQVGA : 160 × 120 dots (continuous. Mosaic. digital : 2 ×) Tape High image quality 16:9 Card × Letterbox display (LCD panel only) ● Tape Auto Fade. Flip. Cube. Mirror Card Motion video/still image Black and White Tape Motion video Card Digital effect Card mix Lumi. approx. MV830i E/830 E model MMC-8M QVGA : 320 × 240 dots (continuous. MV800 E. MV830 E. 1020 sec) *Unless the memory capacity is limited. 20 sec) QQVGA : 160 × 120 dots (continuous. Night+ mode are not available) Capture speed Shutter speed ≥ Manual. Fast (4 fields). Chroma key. 1024 (H) × 768 (V) Image quality Super Fine. Jump. approx. MV830i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT Item MV850i E. Tide Motion video (Activated by pressing Start/Stop button) Motion video × Still image × Tape Motion video Art. up to 60 minutes of continuous shooting is possible with the MV850i E. 50 sec) SDC-128M QVGA : 320 × 240 dots (continuous. Zigzag. Random Animation) Multi-screen Card Motion video/still image × Tape Motion video Card Motion video/still image × Included (Easy. approx. Camera Chroma key. LP) Image size 320 × 240 dots. MV800 E. Beam. MV830 E. MV790 E Shooting functions Focus Mode AF/MF.10 sec) QQVGA : 160 × 120 dots (continuous. forced infinity ● SET dial operation Manual operation Range finding Tape mode × frame display Card mode Included (Selectable from three range-finding frames. Normal Negative-positive reversal × Zebra pattern × Color bar × Self-timer 10 sec 11 . MV800i E. approx. Straight Animation. approx. Slow (8 fields) 1/25 sec Shutter speed < Manual. Continuous shooting × × MV830i E/830 E) AEB Photo button Form Pressed halfway down Dedicated still image button Supported (Only during recording standby) Card recorded image size 640 (H) × 480 (V). Fine. Color Mask. Wave. Night mode. key. Normal (6 fields). Black and White.

effects Tape Card × D. Zig Zag. Mosaic. Ball. MV830 E. MV790 E Shooting functions Interval timer × Clearscan × Memory card (MV850i E. Corner wipe. MultiMediaCard REC Search ● REC Review ● Standby switch × Power Save (after recording is paused for 5 minutes) Power shutoff Displayed text recording × Audio 16-bit 2ch (48KHz) Tape 12-bit 4ch (32KHz) Simultaneous 4-channel recording not possible Card (Motion video recording) 16-bit 1ch (16KHz) ● With AUTO/OFF switch (Built-in microphone only) Wind screen EVF LCD monitor Size 0. MV830i E/830 E only) Playback frame jump ● (MV850i E. MV830i E. Color Mask. Tide Card × Multi screen 4. MV830i E. MV830i E/830 E only) Data code display Card Art. Puzzle. MV800i E. fade Tape Auto fade. Sepia. 9 or 16 screens (Tape only) Slide show ● (MV850i E.MV850i E. MV800i E.000 pixels Brightness adjustment ● Movable ● Mirror shooting supported Frame playback Forward / Reverse (MV850i E. Black and White.5× Photo search × Date search ● (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) SD memory card. MV830 E. MV830i E/830 E only) AV insert × Zero set memory ● (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) Cue / review 11. MV830i E/830 E only) Editing functions Simple editing × Special effects × 12 .33-inch TFT color Pixels 113.4-inch Pixels 112. Jump. MV800 E. Wave. Beam. MV830i E/830 E only) 1× SP playback Forward / Reverse 2× SP playback Forward / Reverse (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) Index search × End search ● (VCR mode only) ● (In tape playback and card still image playback) Playback zoom (5× zoom) D. MV800 E. Mirror Date display/Camera data display Audio dubbing ● (MV850i E. Flip. Wipe. MV830i E/830 E only) VCR Playback system Search Playback effects Slow playback (±1/3× speed) Forward / Reverse (MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT Item MV850i E. Cube.000 pixels Brightness adjustment × Color adjustment × Movable ● Screen size 2.

MV800i E. NB-2LH. MV830 E. MV830i E/830 E only) Accessory shoe × Video ID ● (ID1) Custom keys × Night mode key ● DV control × MY CAMERA Startup screen. MV790 E System × Interface Microphone input (terminal) Headphone output × DV terminal Input / output (MV830 E/800 E/790 E is output only) S-Video jack × AV terminal Input/output. startup sound.However. selftimer sound Internal battery charging ● (CA-570 connection) Backup power supply Lithium coin battery (CR1616) Battery pack power NB-2L. shutter sound. MV830i E/830 E. MV800i E.5mm mini-jack (MV830 E/800 E/790 E is output only) Editing jack × USB port ● mini-B Receptacle (except for MV800i E/800 E/790 E) Memory card file transfer (Except for MV800i E/800 E/790 E) ● (USB file transfer. MV830i E. MV800 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT Item MV850i E. BP-2L12. CP-10/ 100 are not supported by MV850i E.MV850i E. MV800i E only) AV-DV AV-USB × Direct print ● (Card Photo Printers CP-10/100/200/220/300/330. MV830i E. MV800 E. MV830 E. and BP-2L14 lithium ion batteries 13 . operation sound. φ3.) When BJ Printers BJ 895PD/535PD/F890PD and other PictBridge-compatible printers are connected) Microphone ATT × Microphone level meter × World clock ● Text titles × Speaker ● Alert buzzer ● Tally lamp × 1 only supported Remote control sensor (MV850i E. IEEE1394 file transfer) Analog signal ⇒ Digital signal conversion ● (MV830i E.

MV830i E. MV830 E.MV850i E. MV800 E. MV800i E. 1 14 . MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT ●Appearance 93mm 130mm 51mm 56mm Fig.

80 min (Dark*1) Approx. 50 fields / 25 frames 15 .35mm Vapor . 95 min (Dark) Continuous playback Approx. 185 min (Bright) Approx. 220 min Approx. 85 min (Bright) Approx. 16-bit : 48kHz 2 ch 12-bit : 32kHz 4 ch (Stereo 1 and 2) 2-frequency pilot system Approx. 245 min Approx. 95 min (Dark) Approx. 145 min (Bright) BP-2L14 Approx. 105 min (Bright) Dark in 1 refers to the LCD brightness at the Dark setting.7mm 2-5-2 Rpms R-Y. MV830i E. 75 min Continuous recording When LCD monitor is used Actual recording Approx. MV830i E/830 E: Approx. 50 fields) Digital component recording. 50 min (Bright) Approx.000 (1007(H) × 797(V)) MV850i E. Performance/Functions 1 Type VCR. 135 min Approx. 45 min (Dark) Approx. 55 min (Dark) Approx. 400. 70 min (Bright*2) Approx. 130 min Approx. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 2. 120 min (Dark) Approx. 800.5 MHz 2-1-1 Quantized bits 2-2 Audio signal recording system 2-3 Tracking 2-4 Tape speed 2-5 Head drum 2-5-1 Drum diameter ø21. 540. and Bright in 2 refers to the LCD brightness at the Bright setting.175 min Approx. 115 min Approx.deposited metal tape 6. MV800 E.170 min (Dark) Approx. 2-1 Video signal recording system Sampling frequency Y=13.deposited metal tape 7µm or 5.000 pixels (702 (H) × 576 (V)) 16:9 Approx. 85 min Approx.57mm / sec (in LP mode) 9000 rotations / minute 2-5-3 Heads 3 Recording / playback time Video heads : 2 80 minutes maximum (in SP mode) 120 minutes maximum (in LP mode) Continuous battery shooting time/Actual shooting time.75MHz 8bits PCM digital recording.210 min (Dark) Approx. 60 min NB-2LH BP-2L12 Approx. 85 min (Bright) Approx. MV800i E. 300 min Approx. helical scan azimuth recording Consumer digital VCR SD specifications Complies with NTSC system (625 lines. B-Y = 6. 18. MV830i E/830 E. 40 min (Bright) Approx.000 pixels (935 (H) × 576 (V)) Color correction filter Difference readout PAL standard color TV signal 625 lines.83mm / sec (in SP mode) Approx.integrated camera 2 Recording system Two rotating heads.100 min Approx. 12.160 min Approx.530. MV800i E/800 E/790 E When viewfinder is used Continuous Actual recording recording NB-2L Approx.MV850i E. (Refer to P19 5-9-3) 4 Compatible cassette tape 4-1 Tape type 4-2 Tape width 4-3 Tape thickness 5 Camera 5-1 Image sensing device 5-1-1 Total number of pixels 5-1-2 Effective pixels In card recording In tape recording 5-1-3 5-1-4 5-1-5 5-1-6 Filter Color separation system Signal configuration Scanning system Mini DVC specs Vapor .37µm 1/6-inch interlaced CCD Approx.000 pixels (802 (H) × 660 (V)) MV800i E/800 E/790 E: None 4:3 Approx. MV830 E. Continuous playback time MV850i E.

100.2 to 884 mm.2 MV800i E/800 E : F1.8-56 mm. 2. one high-refraction glass. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 5-1-7 Minimum subject illumination (In Auto mode) Approx. 53. 7. MV790 E : Approx. 44.4 mm 5-2-2 35mm film equivalent focal distance Card recording MV850i E : Approx. aspherical lens are used Inner focus type. 1 m for full zoom area (from lens tip) 16 .7 to 967 mm 16:9 mode (IS ON) MV850i E : Approx. 53.2 to 884 mm.6 MV830i E/830 E : F1.2 to 796 mm 5-2-3 Nominal diametric ratio 5-2-4 Lens construction 5-2-5 Focus adjustment 5-2-6 Minimum object distance MV850i E : F1.5 lx (Shutter speed 1/25 sec) (In Night mode) Approx.8-56 mm.0 lx to approx. 44.8-50.2 to 796 mm 16:9 mode (IS OFF) MV850i E : Approx.2 MV790 E : F1. wide end).2 to 972 mm MV830i E/830 E : Approx.7 to 1181 mm MV830i E/830 E : Approx. and one double-sided. MV830 E.6-2.6-3.MV850i E.9 11 elements in 8 groups. MV800 E. 44.8-61.3 to 1085 mm MV830i E/830 E : Approx.2 to 884 mm MV800i E/800 E : Approx. 53.7 to 1074 mm. 44. MV830i E/830 E : 2. MV800i E/800 E : 2. 3. 49.5 lx (Shutter speed 1/12. 53.6 mm. MV790 E : Approx. 44.5 sec) 5-1-8 Subject illumination range Approx.3 to 986 mm MV800i E/800 E/790 E : None Tape recording 4:3 mode MV850i E : Approx.2 to 884 mm MV800i E/800 E : Approx. 2.2 to 972 mm MV830i E/830 E : Approx. 44.6-3.000 lx 5-2 Photo lens 5-2-1 Magnification/Nominal focal length with tape/with card Optical magnification MV850i E : 22× MV830i E/830 E : 20× MV800i E/800 E : 20× MV790 E : 18× Nominal focal length MV850i E : 2. 44. MV800i E. Manual adjustment possible (by turning SET dial) 10 mm (AF linked . MV790 E : Approx.6-3. MV790 E : 2.0 lx (Shutter speed 1/6 sec) (In Low Light mode) Approx.7 to 1074 mm MV800i E/800 E : Approx. 49. 44. MV830i E.

MV850i E.8 sec to approx. 2.1 sec to approx. None Included. 3.8 sec to approx.9 sec to approx.5 WD-28.0 sec to approx. 4296 mm/21480 mm MV800i E/800 E : Approx. 4. 39 sec (optical zoom) Approx. 39 sec (optical zoom) Approx. or WA-28 (supplied with MV850i E) can be used.6 sec to approx. The “Still Image Recording” option in the menu can be used to record still images (640 × 480) to an inserted SD card (MultiMediaCard) while a video is being recorded to tape (Not possible with MV800i E/800 E/790 E). TL-28. 5-5-2 Card mode (MV850i E. 38 sec (optical zoom) Approx. MV830i E/830 E) Still images (JPEG compression) or videos (Motion JPEG compression. 42 sec (using 400× electronic zoom) None. 43 sec (using 440× electronic zoom) Rec Approx. Zoom speed can be adjusted by moving slide lever. 39 sec (optical zoom) Approx. 5. 17 . 38 sec (optical zoom) Approx. 2. 3. MV800i E.0 sec to approx.7 sec to approx. 3. 39 sec (optical zoom) Approx. 3. 1. 4726 mm/23628 mm MV830i E/830 E : Approx. 42 sec (using 400× electronic zoom) Rec Approx. Simple zoom display inside finder.Slide lever operation. 3. 43 sec (using 400× electronic zoom) Rec Pause Approx. Wide end macro 10 mm (from lens front) ø 28 mm P0. 3944 mm : None MV850i E : Up to 88/440× MV830i E/830 E : Up to 80/400× MV800i E/800 E : Up to 80/400× MV790 E : Up to 72/360× MV850i E : Approx. Rec Pause Approx. MV830 E. 5.8 sec to approx.8 sec to approx. 4338 mm : Approx. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 5-2-7 Power zoom 5-2-7-1 Zoom speed MV850i E MV830i E/830 E MV800i E/800 E MV790 E 5-2-8 Focal length display 5-2-9 Macro mechanism 5-2-10 Macro shooting distance 5-2-11 Filter diameter 5-2-12 Accessory lens 5-2-13 Lens hood 5-2-14 Lens cap 5-3 Digital zoom 5-3-1 Card recording Magnification 35 mm equivalent 5-3-2 Tape recording Magnification 35 mm equivalent (4:3) 5-4 Image stabilization function 5-4-1 System 5-4-2 Hand shaking detection system 5-5 Shooting modes 5-5-1 Tape mode Multi-level adjustable power zoom. 1. 4296 mm/21480 mm MV790 E : Approx. 12 frames/sec) are recorded to an SD memory card (MultiMediaCard). still images cannot be recorded to tape). MV800 E. FS-28U.1 sec to approx. Zoom speed is different in Rec and Rec Pause. 3866 mm/19332 mm Included (Tape mode only) Electronic system Angular velocity sensing (using piezoelectric vibration sensor) Records normal video (interlaced scan) to a mini DV cassette (however. The maximum zoom speed in Rec Pause is faster than that in Rec. 43 sec (using 440× electronic zoom) Rec Pause Approx.0 sec to approx. 43 sec (using 400× electronic zoom) Rec Approx. MV830i E. Screw-on type MV850i E MV830i E/830 E MV800i E/800 E/790 E MV850i E MV830i E/830 E MV800i E/800 E/790 E : Up to 88× : Up to 80× : None : Approx.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
5-6 Exposure control
5-6-1 Program AE

5-6-2 Photometric system
Tape recording

Card recording

5-6-3 Exposure correction function
AE shift
Exposure correction amount

Easy mode, Auto mode, Sports mode, Portrait mode, Spotlight mode, Surf & Snow mode (Sand
& Snow mode), Low Light mode, Night mode, Super Night mode , Night+ mode
(* : MV850i E only)
Center- bottom- weighted average :
Easy mode, Auto mode, Sports mode, Portrait mode, Low Light mode,
Night mode, Night+ mode , Super Night mode (*: MV850i E only)
All area average photometry + 128-segment evaluative photometry (16H
× 8V): Spotlight mode, Surf (Sand) & Snow mode
128-segment evaluative photometry:
128-segment evaluative photometry: Easy mode, Auto mode, Sports mode,
Portrait mode, Low Light mode, Night mode, Night+ mode , Super Night
mode (*: MV850i E only). No AE linked to the selected range-finding
frame is performed.
All area average photometry + 128-segment evaluative photometry (16H × 8V): Spotlight
mode, Surf (Sand) & Snow mode
AE shift is performed by pressing the AE Shift button. After AE shift, the AE level can be
corrected using the SET button (except in Easy, Spotlight, and Surf & Snow modes).
±7 levels (±2.0, ±1.5, ±1.25, ±1.0, ±0.75, ±0.5, ±0.25, ±0)
Indicated as number in the viewfinder (AE ± 0).

5-6-4 Electronic shutter
5-6-4-1 In Auto mode
Tape mode

1/50 to 1/500 sec (with auto slow shutter OFF)
1/25 to 1/500 sec (with auto slow shutter ON)
Card mode (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E)
1/25 to 1/250 sec (with auto slow shutter OFF)
1/12.5 to 1/250 sec (with auto slow shutter ON)
5-6-4-2 Speed setting
Can be selected from 1/50 sec, 1/120 sec,
Tape
1/250 sec, 1/500 sec, 1/1000 sec, and 1/2000 sec
Selectable from 1/50 sec, 1/120 sec, and 1/250 sec
Card (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E)
When image stabilizer is ON 1/100 sec
When image stabilizer is OFF 1/50 sec
5-6-4-3 In Low Light mode
1/12.5 sec (Fixed)
5-6-4-4 In Night mode
Tape
1/6 to 1/500 sec
Card
1/2 to 1/250 sec
(Super Night/Night+ modes in MV850i E are identical)
5-7 AF (Auto Focus)
5-7-1 System
TTL–video signal sensing AF
5-7-2 AF range finding area
During Tape mode
Screen center
During Card mode
During Card mode: Selected from one of three Easy mode. Not available in MV800i E/800 E/
790 E model.)
5-7-3 Range finding frame display
During Tape mode
None
During Card mode
During Card mode: Included (except for C model). User can select the desired frame (green)
from the three range finding frames. However, the display is fixed at the center AF in the electronic zoom range and after entering the optical zoom range from the electronic zoom range.
After the Photo button is pressed halfway down, the frame display turned green after focusing,
and it turns yellow if the subject cannot be brought into focus.
5-7-4 AF operating range
10 mm to infinite (at wide end) ; 1 m to infinite in full zoom area from lens front
5-7-5 AF operation illumination range
Approx. 50 lx - 100,000 lx
5-7-6 AF mode switching
Continuous AF/manual focus. AF ON/OFF switching is possible in all but Easy mode
Manual focustion
5-7-7 Forced infinite setting

(operation by pressing focus button). During manual focus,

is displayed in the viewfinder.

Holding down the Focus button (approx. 3 sec) sets to Infinity and displays[
viewfinder.

18

] in the

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
5-8 Viewfinder
5-8-1 Rotation
5-8-2 Detaching eyepiece
5-8-3 Diopter movement range
5-8-4 Lens configuration
5-9 LCD panel
5-9-1 Angle adjustment
5-9-2 Information display
Europe
Asia
5-9-3 LCD backlight adjustment

0.33-inch Color LCD (approx. 113,000 pixels).
ON when LCD monitor closed (panel facing inwards) and during mirror shooting
Not possible (retraction operation only)
Not possible
+1.5 to –5.5 diopter (when eye is at eyepiece)
Single-lens configuration
2.4-inch color LCD, approx. 112,000 pixels, TFT active matrix driving RGB delta arrangement;
ON when LCD monitor not closed (panel facing inwards)
Possible; Monitoring is possible for high-angle, low-angle, and face-to-face shooting
Color display of operating mode, simple zoom position, remaining battery charge, remaining
tape, time code, warnings and other indications. The supported languages are shown below.
German, English, Spanish, French, Italian, Russian, simplified Chinese, Japanese (eight languages)
English, simplified Chinese, traditional Chinese, Korean (four languages)
Adjustment is possible using button operation. The setting switches between “Bright” to ”Dark”
each time the button is pressed. The default setting during battery operation is ”Dark”. The
default setting during compact power adapter (CA) operation is “Bright”. If the power supply is
switched from battery operation to CA operation while the power is on, the setting made during
CA operation is used (CA operation default setting is used if no setting was made). In the same
way, if the power supply is switched from CA operation to battery operation while the power is
on, the setting made during battery operation is used (battery operation default setting is used if
no setting was made).

5-9-4 Relationship with the viewfinder (CVF)
Camera mode / Camera Card mode
LCD panel position

LCD panel

VCR mode / Camera Playback mode

CVF

LCD panel

CVF

Panel closed (panel facing inwards)

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

Panel closed (panel facing outwards)

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

Panel open

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

Mirror shooting*2

ON*1

ON

ON

OFF

1: Mirror mode possible by menu selection.
2: During mirror mode, only TAPE or CARD and the self-timer display appear.
5-10 White balance adjustment
5-10-1 Adjustment range
5-11 Digital feature functions

5-11-1 Fader
(Only in recording on tape)
5-11-1-1 Fade time
5-11-2 Effects

5-11-3 Multi-screen
5-11-3-1 Number of screen

5-11-3-2 Operation mode

TTL 128-segments, new white extraction system FAWB. Includes set / preset (outdoor : 5,600 k;
indoor : 3,200 k) (selected from camera menu).
2,800 k to 8,000 k
The following modes are provided : Fader, Effects, Multi-screen
Fader
: Linked to Start/Stop button. Can be used 1 time when Fade mode displayed.
(Mode indication goes out when Fader ends.)
Effects
: Effect continues until mode is turned OFF.
Multi-screen : Loads and displays multiple screens at set interval or manually. Displayed until
mode is turned OFF.
Audio synchronized fader
Auto Fade (Fade to black), Wipe, Corner Wipe, Jump, Flip, Puzzle, Zigzag, Beam, Tide
Approx. 4 sec
Art, Black and White, Sepia, Mosaic, Ball, Cube, Wave, Color Mask, Mirror (Only Black and
White is available during card recording)
(Except in Night mode, Night+ mode and Super Night mode)
4 (2 × 2), 9 (3 × 3), 16 (4 × 4)
Manual, Fast (4 frames), Normal (6 frames), Slow (8 frames)
During Low Light mode, the settings are Fast (4 frames), Normal (8 frames), and Slow (12
frames)
During Low Light mode, the settings are Fast (4 frames), Normal (8 frames), and Slow (12
frames)

19

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
5-11-4 Card Mix (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E)
Card Chroma Key, Card Lumi. Key, Camera Chroma Key, Card Animation
(a) Mix type
32 levels
(b) Mix level adjustment
Corner Animation, Straight Animation, and Random Animation
(c) Card Animation
(Animation titles are included in the supplied CD.)
5-11-5 Availability in operation mode
Camera
Tape (Motion Video)

Card Camera
Motion Video

Still Image

×

×

Digital Fader

Digital Effect

Multi-screen

×

×

Card Mix

×

×

Black and White only Black and White only

5-12 Built-in microphone
Stereo using electret condenser microphone
5-12-1 Wind screen function
Included. With AUTO/OFF switch (Menu selection. Available for built-in microphone only)
5-13 Built-in flash shooting None
5-14 Auxiliary light source
(White LED)
Includes (MV850i E only)
Lighting mode Night+ mode : LED is forcibly lighted.
Super Night mode : LED lights depending on brightness of the subject.
5-15 Other additional functions
5-15-1 Time code

5-15-2 Data code
a. Time and date

b. Camera data
5-15-3 Accessory shoe
5-15-4 REC Search mechanism
5-15-5 REC Review function
5-15-6 Zero Set Memory

5-15-7 Remote control reception
5-15-8 Headphone volume adjustment
5-15-9 Widescreen TV (16:9)
(WIDE SCREEN)
5-15-10 AEB shooting
5-15-11 Skin detail mode
5-15-12 Still image check time setting
(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E)

Displays recording time (0:00:00 to 7:59:59) and records in sub-code area.

The date and camera information during recording are automatically recorded and can be displayed during playback.
Automatic calendar range: January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2030 (default setting is January 1, 2005)
The date and time display can be selected from the three options below.
World clock support (Select the name of your destination city and the date and time are automatically adjusted to the local date and time. Supports daylight savings time.)
During playback, the clock can be displayed in three different modes (date only, date and time,
and time only) (Time and date can be displayed for January 1, 1990 through December 31,
2089).
Shutter speed and aperture value information are recorded (but not displayed during recording),
and can be displayed during playback.
None
Supported. Tape can be played (forward or reverse) by pressing the REC Search button while
camera recording is paused. (When REC Search ends, camera recording is paused again.)
Supported. Accessed by operating the Recording Check button when camera recording is paused.
Supported. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only) This function allows you to rewind or fastforward the tape to the position where the WL-D83 Zero Set Memory key is pressed (the counter
value is set to 0:00:00). (During recording, only zero setting is allowed. This function can be
used in Playback mode.)
Possible. (MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
No headphone function
Possible. When the Widescreen TV button (WIDE SCREEN) is pressed, the LCD panel
screen changes to letterbox display (top and bottom of the screen are masked with black
bands). Pressing the button again switches to 4:3 mode. Setting is possible in Easy mode.
None
When skin areas are detected, they are expressed softly, and the small blemishes, lines, etc.
become unnoticeable. ON or OFF setting possible.
The time used for checking still images can be set after the photo button is pressed and its
operation is released. One of 6 settings; OFF (0 sec), 2, 4, 6, 8 or 10 seconds can be selected as
the setting mode.

20

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV800 E, MV790 E
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT
5-15-13 Microphone ATT
5-15-14 Microphone level meter
6 Recorder section
6-1 Recording functions
6-1-1 Recording format
6-1-2 Tape speed
6-1-3 DV input recording

None
None
Camera shooting and recording, DV input recording , analog input recording ( MV850i E/830i
E/800i E only)
Consumer digital VCR (SD specs)
Approx. 18.83 mm / sec (in SP mode), Approx. 12.57 mm / sec (in LP mode)
Complies with IEEE1394.( MV850i E/830i E/800i E only)
Records video / audio signals from a digital video camera connected through a DV cable.
Records analog video/audio signals using an AV mini-terminal.( MV850i E/830i E/800i E only)
DV terminal > AV mini-terminal

6-1-4 Analog input recording
6-1-5 Priority of terminals during
recording
6-2 Audio Dubbing Recording
Possible. (SD spec tapes only)
(MV850i E, MV830i E/830 E only)
6-2-1 Dubbing-capable tapes
Only tapes with 12-bit/SP recording (other than 4-channel simultaneous recording) can be used
in Audio Dubbing Recording.
6-2-2 Audio Dubbing signal input
Audio signal from LINE (AV mini-terminal) or microphone (external > internal).
6-2-3 Switching to Audio Dubbing
Press audio dubbing button on remote control while playback is paused.
6-3 Playback functions
Standard Playback and Superb Playback
6-3-1 Standard Playback
a. Video
b. Audio
16-bit
12-bit
6-3-2 Special Playback
a. Still image playback
b. Fast-forward playback
c. Rewind playback
d. Frame playback
e. Slow playback
f. 1× SP playback
g. 2× SP playback
6-4 Tape fast-forward / rewind time
6-5 Input signals
6-5-1 DV terminal
6-5-2 AV mini-terminal
a. Video signals
Impedance
Signal level
b. Audio signals
Types of signals
Impedance
Signal level
6-5-3 S-Video terminal
6-5-4 Microphone terminal
6-5-5 USB port

Video recorded in SP and LP modes
48 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz sampling frequencies supported
Sampling frequency: 32 kHz
Stereo 1, Stereo 2, or mixed playback of Stereo 1 and Stereo 2 (variable mix ratio)
Plays video only
Pure frame playback
Approx. 11.5× speed.
Approx. 11.5× speed.
Forward/reverse frame feeding (MV850i E/MV830i E/830 E only)
Forward/reverse 1/3× speed (MV850i E/ MV830i E/830 E only)
Forward/reverse 1× speed (MV850i E/MV830i E/830 E only)
Forward/reverse 2× speed (MV850i E/MV830i E/830 E only)
Approx. 2 minutes and 20 seconds (using 60-minute tape)
SD format signals complying with IEEE1394– AV / C protocol (MV850i E/830i E/800i E only)
PAL standard color video signals (MV850i E/830i E/800i E only)
75 Ω
1Vp-p (composite)
Stereo audio signal
Min. 40 kΩ
−10dBv
None
None
Supports USB 2.0 Full Speed class (MV850i E/MV830i E only)

21

iBook PC operating system Windows : Windows 98. MV800 E.MV850i E. MV830 E.REC] in the [CAMERA. and images from DV input (MV850i E/MV830i E/830i E only) and AV input (MV850i E/MV830i E/830i E only) can be recorded. MV830i E/830 E only) USB device class Supports USB 2. audio class. images from tape in VCR mode. 430 TV lines (screen center).5 mm 4-pole mini-jack PAL standard color video signals 75 Ω 1 Vp-p (composite) Approx. 75 kΩ −10 dBv (with 47 kΩ load) 60 Hz to 16 kHz (Range between 1 kHz standard ±3 dB) Min. pressing all the way down records the image) (MV850i E/MV830i E/830i E only). Max.0 Full Speed class Independent class. Records using AVI type (Motion JPEG compression recording/VAVE (monaural) recording) at 12. DV input images (when no tape loaded or loaded tape is stopped) can be recorded by pressing the photo button (pressing halfway captures still image of the DV input. NEC PC98-NX Series Macintosh: Power Macintosh. Still image JPEG compression recording In Camera mode When [FINE] or [NORMAL] is selected for [STILL I. (Tape simultaneous recording function: VGA still images) In Card Record mode Still image is recorded using the Photo button (image size and image quality are selectable). Video signals Signal configuration Output impedance Output signal level Horizontal resolution Self-recording/playback Camera EE OUT b. 430 TV lines (screen center) Stereo audio signal Max. Windows 98SE. video class Compatible compute systems Windows : IBM PC/AT compatible. Writing in Progress warning is displayed in the EVF/LCD. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 6-6 Output signals 6-6-1 DV terminal 6-6-2 AV mini-terminal a. Audio signals Types of signals Output impedance Output signal level Frequency characteristic Audio signal S/N During built-in microphone input During external microphone input Complies with IEEE1394-AV/C protocol φ 3. PowerBook. Windows ME.5 frames/sec Image quality when recording to a card from tape/DV input (MV850i E/MV830i E/830i E only)/AV input (MV850i E/MV830i E/830i E only) Source Source recording system Image recorded on card Tape / DV input Progressive or frame motion video recording Progressive or frame image Tape / DV input Normal motion video recording Simple pure frame image Analog AV input Normal motion video recording Field image 22 . iMac. MV830i E. MV800i E. Approx. 430 TV lines (screen center) Catalog value. Also. In VCR mode Still image is recorded using the photo button during tape playback (pressed halfway down for still image playback and pressed all the way down for recording) (VGA still images). 48 dB None 6-6-3 S-Video terminal None 6-6-4 Headphone terminal None 6-6-5 USB port (MV850i E. PTP class. b. Windows XP Macintosh: Mac OS 9 or later 6-7 Memory card system (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) 6-7-1 Types of memory cards used SD media card. Motion video Camera images in Card Camera mode. Windows 2000. SETUP] menu. still images can be recorded on the memory card by operating the photo button while motion video is being recorded on the tape. Multimedia card 6-7-2 Recordable image types a.

MV800 E.. 640 × 480 Switchable between Super Fine.File No. Saved files 101 0101 0102 0103 ···· 0199 0200 Photographed image recording area 102 0201 0202 0203 ···· 0299 0300 ··· 198 9801 9802 9803 ···· 9899 9900 200 0001 0002 0003 ···· 0099 0100 ··· 998 9801 9802 9803 ···· 9899 9900 Photographed images start from 101-0101.JPG Zoom browser JPEG //DCIM/xxxCANON/AUT_yyyy.JPG Motion video file JPEG //DCIM/xxxCANON/MVI_yyyy. Photographed images are assigned file numbers from 0001 to 9900. Relationship between folder No. Still image recording During tape 620 × 480 (VGA) / Switchable between Fine and Normal During tape playback. MV830 E. Each folder is assigned numbers 100 to 998. yyyy: file No. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 6-7-3 File name and folder name Based on the DCF (Design rule for Camera File systems) and still image (Exif 2.. and are stored in folders (100 files to a folder). 6-7-4 Recorded image size/image quality a. and file No. Internal management is performed based on folder number-file number. z: A to Z 1: Comes from motion video file of same file No.THM Photo stitch JPEG //DCIM/xxxCANON/STz_yyyy.JPG xxx: folder No.MRK Work file TEXT //DCIM/CANONMSC/xxx.MV850i E.AVI Motion video thumbnail file (*1) JPEG //DCIM/xxxCANON/MVI_yyyy. File No. yyyy: File number.MRK a.. Motion video recording 320 × 240. and are basically numbered to be greater than Directory No. xxx: Folder No. MV830i E.tmp DPOF auto-send files TEXT //MISC/AUTXFER. of files saved on MultiMediaCards. MV800i E. CANON DV Types of files Compression system Folder name and file name Still image (Exif 2. the following names are assigned to recorded cards after formatting in the Format menu. and Normal b. 160 × 120 (Motion JPEG compression) 23 . and Normal 640 × 480 (VGA) / Switchable between Super Fine. DCF folder and file name//DCIM/xxxCANON/AUT_yyyy.2) file management specifications/DPOF (Digital Print Order Format) file management specifications. line input.2) file JPEG //DCIM/xxxCANON/IMG_yyyy..JPG DPOF file TEXT //MISC/AUTPRINT. Fine. Fine. and card recording of DV input image MV850i E/MV830i E/830i E only : 1024 × 768. File No. Folder No.

) · Effects : Effect continues until mode is turned OFF. Fast (4 frames). 65 KB per image) per image) 320 × 240 160 × 120 Approx. 1585 Approx. Operation mode Manual. Puzzle. 34 Approx. 16 (4 × 4) b. · Fader : Linked to Start/Stop button. 160 KB (approx. Normal (6 frames). 512 MB Toshiba : 8 MB. 16 MB. subject and other conditions when taking pictures. MV800i E. 120 KB (approx. 128 MB. 64 MB. Wipe. Can be used 1 time when Fade mode displayed. Mirror Effect function turned ON / OFF from D. Sepia. 695 Approx. 50 sec Data speed (approx. Black and White. 256 MB Matsushita Electric : 8 MB. Multi-screen. Cube. 65 KB per image) per image) 320 × 240 160 × 120 Maximum recording time Approx. MV830i E. MV800 E. MV830 E. Zigzag. Displayed until mode is turned OFF. 128 MB. Jump. 765 Approx. 4 sec 6-8-2 Effects Same as in recording mode. 175 KB (approx. video recording is possible for up to 60 minutes of continuous shooting with MV850i E. Corner Wipe. Effect button.MV850i E.) 6-7-8 Continuous shooting Not possible Digital feature playback function The following modes are provided : Fader. 512 MB MultiMediaCard San Disk : 8 MB. 300 KB (approx. 2740 (approx. 13 Approx. 175 KB (approx. 160 KB per image) per image) 320 × 240 160 × 120 Approx. 32min Approx. 64 MB (However. Art. MV830i E/830 E. The number will vary greatly depending on the focal length. 16 MB. 440 KB (approx. 120 KB Normal Motion video 6-8 per image) per image) Approx. 17 min (approx. 120 KB/secApprox. 50 Approx. Effect. 32 MB. Mosaic. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 6-7-5 Number of recorded images/Video recording time SDC-8M SDC-128M SDC-512M Still image recording 1024 × 768 640 × 480 1024 × 768 640 × 480 1024 × 768 640 × 480 Super Fine Approx. Ball. 8 min Approx. 1075 Approx. 6-8-1 Fade Audio synchronized fader: Auto Fade same as in recording mode (Fade to black). 250 KB/secApprox. 16 MB. 3770 (approx. · Multi-screen : Loads and displays multiple screens at set interval or manually. Flip. 120 KB/sec Approx. Operation is not guaranteed with PC formats as problems can occur with some OS. 120 KB/sec The given number of recorded images is only for reference. 250 KB/secApprox. 64 MB. 955 (approx. 256 MB. 67 min Approx. 440 KB (approx. 400 Approx. 128 MB. (Mode indication goes out when Fader ends. this does not mean that the operation of all these memory cards is guaranteed. 270 Approx. 32 MB. 32 MB. Color Mask. Slow (8 frames) 6-8-4 Card mix Not available 6-8-5 Availability in operation mode Playback (VCR / Tape) Card playback (VCR / Card) Fader ● × Effects ● × Multi-screen ● × Card Mix × × 24 . 20 Approx. 32 MB. 20 sec Approx. 256 MB. 250 KB/sec Approx. Toggle operation 6-8-3 Multi-screen a. 64 MB. Number of screens 4 (2 × 2). 440 KB (approx. 9 (3 × 3). 160 KB (approx. 1530 Approx. 6035 (approx. 300 KB (approx. 65 KB per (approx. 6-7-7 Usable memory card SD memory card San Disk : 8 MB. Beam. 3015 Approx. 120 KB per image) per image) per image) per image) per image) per image) Approx. 16 MB. 175 KB Fine per image) per image) per image) per image) Approx. 6-7-6 Card format Format using the Format command in the menu of the main unit. 38 Approx. 64 MB Hitachi : 16 MB. 84 Approx. 32 MB. Tide Fade time Approx. Unless the memory capacity is limited. 300 KB (approx. Wave.

When a condensation warning is displayed. MV830i E/830 E only) Still images recorded to the memory card can be easily printed by control from the video camera by connecting to (sold separately) Compact Printers CP-10/100/200/300/330 (CP-10/ 100 are not supported by MV850i E. MV800 E. Set reference city (city of time clock setting) and select name of city when shooting. 6-10-3 Power automatic stop function 6-10-4 Time code 6-10-5 Search a. Time code values range from 0:00:00:00 to 7:59:59:24 (hours:minutes:seconds:frames). or starting with the power off. 998 images. cues to the end of the shooting. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 6-9 Direct print (MV850i E. BP-2L14 : Approximately 235 minutes 25 . Date and time are automatically adjusted to local date and time. Automatically written during recording. 5 minutes. NB-2LH : Approximately 130 minutes. 6-10-2 Automatic stop function When forward still image playback is continued for approx. MV830i E. or reverse still image playback is continued for approx. When the tape end or beginning is reached. MV800i E. two flashes per second for a charge level of 50% to 95%) or it lights (for a charge level of 95% or more)) NB-2LF : Approximately 155 minutes. 1 to 99 each 6-10 Other functions 6-10-1 Consecutive shooting mechanism Can be used starting in Recording Pause or Stop mode. When the END SEARCH key is pressed in VCR mode after completion of shooting. BP-2L12 : Approximately 205 minutes. the tape moves to the position where the shooting last ended. 5 min. MV830 E. this function does not work when the tape has been removed after shooting. MV830i E/830 E) and Direct Print compatible BJ Printers such as PIXUS80i/960i with the supplied IFC-300PCU interface cable. If there is more than one recording date. when an end search is being performed. 5 minutes. Date search (MV850i E. 6-9-3 Trimming Impossible 6-9-4 Date printing Possible (when connected to CP-200/220/300/330 or PictBridge compatible printer) 6-9-5 Number of print copies Easy Print: 1 to 99 sheets DPOF printing : Max. the battery pack installed in the battery pack compartment can be charged. However. Built-in. 6-9-2 Print format Single image/eight-image print (only when the card size paper tray has been installed in the CP200/220/300/330).MV850i E. volume control provided When the Canon Compact Power Adapter CA-570 is connected. Printing not available from index screen. this function does not work when the cassette has been removed. the charge lamp flashes (one flash per second for a charge level of 0% to 50%. Forward/reverse date search (use the / keys on the remote control after selecting Date search with the remote control Search Select). the tape is played back starting about 4 seconds before the end of the shooting. enabling the image immediately before the end to be checked. this function cue up to the position where the date changes. When the battery voltage falls below a specified value. End search 6-10-6 World clock display 6-10-7 Speake 6-10-8 Battery charging function Charging time When Recording Pause continues for approx. Furthermore. the search can be set for up to 10 images before or after the current position. and then stops the tape. and recorded in data code. (During charging. 6-9-1 Printable images Only the still images which have been recorded on the SD memory cards or MultiMediaCards. MV830i E/830 E) b. However.

images can be captured from the 8 mm tape or VHS tape to the PC. Converts analog AV signals input to the AV terminal into digital DV signals in real-time and outputs the digital DV signals from the DV terminal. and approximately 35 minutes at 160 × 120 resolution. MV800i E.) Playback zoom is cancelled by holding the zoom lever to the Wide side until the frame display no longer appears. a frame is displayed to show the zoom-in area. the image being played back can be enlarged up to 5 times its size. MV830i E. (On the LCD monitor. Position of the enlarged section during enlarged screen view can be changed by SET button. DV file transfer Still images (JPEG compression) and motion video (Motion JPEG compression) recorded on memory cards can be uploaded to a PC and still images (JPEG compression) on the PC can be downloaded to memory cards in the camcorder by connecting a CV-150F (or CV-250F) DV cable between an IEEE1394 port on the PC and the DV terminal of the camcorder.MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) When the photo button is pressed while motion video is recorded to a tape. 6-10-10 Still image Simultaneous image recording during tape operation (MV850i E. When the video camera is connected with a PC running Windows XP. and this can be changed to 1× to 5× using the zoom lever. 6-10-11 Analog / Digital conversion (Not available for MV830 E/800 E/790 E) When an 8 mm video player or VHS video player is connected with the camcorder using an AV cable and the camcorder is connected to a PC using a DV cable. USB file transfer Still images (JPEG compression) and motion video (Motion JPEG compression) recorded on memory cards can be uploaded to a PC and still images (JPEG compression) on the PC can be downloaded to memory cards in the camcorder by connecting the included IFC-300PCU interface cable between a USB port on the PC and the USB port of the camcorder.) Toggling between the up/down and left/right movement direction settings is performed by pressing the SELECT/ SET button. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 6-10-9 File transfer (MV850i E. (The initial setting of the playback zoom switch is 2× playback zoom. (“Left/right” is the default setting when the mode is transferred to zoom-in. b. (“ON” must be selected for the [AV ⇒ DV] VCR SETUP on the VCR menu screen. When connecting the video camera to a Windows XP computer. still images can be recorded to the memory card at an image size of 640 × 480 at Fine image quality in Normal mode. and the direction in which the area can be moved by the SELECT/SET button is indicated by / . MV830 E.) 6-10-12 Playback zoom If the zoom lever is flipped to the Tele side during image playback from the tape or card (except for video). the continuous shooting time for recording motion video to a memory card is limited to approximately 12 minutes for 320 × 240 resolution.) 26 . MV830i E/830 E only) a. the continuous shooting time for a card video is limited to approximately 12 minutes at 320 × 240 and approximately 35 minutes at 160 × 120. MV800 E.

MV800 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT Print manufacturer Printer specifications Suitable printer Printer specifications when connected to MV850i E MV830i E/830 E Other manufacturer Canon CP specifications + PictBridge specifications BJ Photo specifications only BJ Photo + PictBridge specifications BJ-895PD/ 535PD/F890PD/ PIXUS 80i/ PIXUS 450i/ PIXUS 470PD PIXUS 990i.960i PictBridge specifications BJ camera direct specifications PictBridge specifications PictBridge control BJ direct control CP-200/220/300 /330 PictBridge specifications only PictBridge specifications PictBridge control PictBridge control When the printer is connected Paper setting Paper size Printing functions Paper type Borders/ no borders 8-of-1 screen layout Sectional printing (When card size paper is used) Image optimizing Date printing Trimming ): When the printer is supported 27 . MV830i E. 9900i . MV830 E.MV850i E. MV800i E.

MV830i E/830 E only) 7-8 Battery terminal Special 3-pin 7-9 DC input terminal φ 3.2 oz) Approx. DVM-E30.4 mm jack 8 Power supply 8-1 Input power supply 7. MV800 E. 3. 490 g (1.7 × 5.1 lb): Including NB-2LH. and SDC8M The SDC-8M is not included with the MV800i E/800 E/790 E 11 Temperature and humidity requirements 11-1 Temperature and humidity requirements for performance 0 to 40°C. input and output (MV830 E/800 E/790 E is output only) 7-2 S-Video terminal None 7-3 AV (Audio / Video) terminal φ 3.MV850i E. MV830 E.5 W (using LCD monitor: Normal/Bright) (During recording and AF operation) During playback: Approx. lithium coin battery. 8-2 Power consumption During recording: Approx.7 × 5. 2.5 mm 4-pole pin jack (yellow) . MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 7 Terminal 7-1 DV terminal Special 4-pin (IEEE1394 compatible) .4V DC (DC IN).4V DC (battery pack). MV830i E/830 E only) 7-7 Memory card terminals Special multi-pin (MV850i E. 56 × 93 × 130 mm (2. 430 g (15.1 in) (including maximum width of protruding parts) 10 Weight 10-1 Main unit 10-2 Total equipped weight Approx. approx. MV800i E.0 × 3.3 W (using CVF).0 W (using LCD monitor: Normal/Bright) 9 Dimensions (W × H × D) 53 × 107 × 101 mm (2. input / output (MV830 E/800 E/790 E is output only) 7-4 External microphone input terminal None 7-5 Headphone terminal None 7-6 USB port mini-B Receptacle (MV850i E. 8. MV830i E. 65% (relative humidity) 28 .1 W/approx. 3.1 in) (excluding protruding parts) Approx. 85% (relative humidity) 11-2 Temperature and humidity requirements for operation −5 to 45°C.2 × 3. lens cap. 3.

However. 3-3 Recording format capable of alarm indication HDV standard has 2 kinds of recording format. MV830i E. If. ● HDV720p type (progressive. MV800 E. HDV recorded cassette tapes are expected to be sold increasingly hereafter. Warning displays : WRONG FORMAT PLAYBACK NOT POSSIBLE 29 . Stopping the playback clears the alarm. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 3. indicating an alarm steadily. and another HDV camera of a competitor in 2004. Therefore. An alarm appears also at after-recording. 720 effective scanning lines) ● HDV1080i type (interlace.MV850i E. (2) Since HDV (high definition) recorded tape cannot be played back by other than HDV camera (or HDV recorder). indicating an alarm for several seconds. thereby preventing such a tape from being accidentally deleted. an alarm appears for 4 seconds without receiving an after-recording input. Warning displays : CHECK THE CASSETTE [WRONG FORMAT] 3-4-2 At playback or special playback (Rec search excluded) Playing back an HDV format recorded tape causes a playback mute status (blue back). such a solution has been longed for that a tape shot in HDV format can be detected by an existing video camera. an alarm can be indicated on the present instrument. MV830 E. 3-2 Compatibility with HDV tape alarm indication The present instrument is provided with a new function of automatically detecting a currently played-back area is in HDV format and indicating it as an alarm. In any of formats. according to which standard a particular tape is recorded cannot apparently be identified. DV (SD) format recorded area is relayed by HDV format recorded area. whether that tape has been recorded in HDV standard or remains virgin cannot be distinguished. cassette tapes shot by HDV cameras have following inconveniences. 1080 effective scanning lines) 3-4 Details 3-4-1 At after-recording If HDV format recorded tape is after-recorded. This indication prevents HDV recorded DV tape from being overwritten accidentally. MV800i E. (1) Since Mini DV tape is used for the HDV recording completely the same as for the existing DV recording. Compatibility with new format (HDV recorded tapes) 3-1 Background HDV camera capable of high definition shooting being put on the market for the first time in 2003. while after-recording. the after-recording automatically stops.

MV850i E. MV830i E.BP-2L14 Battery Pack FS-28U Filter Set PC-A10 SCAR Adapter STV-250N Stereo Video Cable VCR CV-150F/CV-250F DV Cable SDC-128M SD Memory Card TV Digital De vice PC Card Adapter USB Reader/Writer MultiMediaCard IFC-300PCU USB Cable Computer Canon printers with direct print function/ PictBridge-compliant printers SC-2000 Solt Carrying Case Fig. NB-2LH. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 4. NB-2LH. MV800 E. 2 30 . System Diagram WS-20 Wrist Strap WA -28 Wide attachment WD-28 Wide-converter SS-900 Shoulder Strap CBC-NB2 Car Battery Charger MiniDV Video Cassette NB-2L. BP-2L12. BP-2L12.BP-2L14 Battery Pack CB-2LTE Battery Charger WL-D85 Wireless Controller CA-570 Compact Power Adapter TL-28 Tele-converter NB-2L. MV830 E. MV800i E.

MV830 E.REC Search 31 . Overview of Viewfinder / LCD Panel Displays 5-1 Camera Mode MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS Camera mode Zoom/Exposure correction bar display (displayed for approx. MV830i E. MV800 E. MV800i E.MV850i E. four seconds after zoom operation) Zoom bar display Optical Zoom W Digital zoom W T MV850i E : 88× T MV830i E/830 E. MV800i E/800 E : 80× MV790 E : 72× Digital zoom W T MV850i E : 440× MV830i E/830 E. MV800i E/800 E : 400× MV790 E : 360× Zooming is stopped Zooming to telephoto end Zooming to wide end W T 9 9 6 6 Image stabilizer display The image stabilizer is ON The image stabilizer is OFF No display Recording mode display SD mode During SP recording LP recording Operating mode display During recording Recording Pause Playback is stopped Cassette is ejected + REC Search . MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 5.

MV830 E. MV830i E/830 E only M M M Not entered M AE shift display Minimum exposure Default setting Maximum exposure value Timer display During recording Self-timer is activated 32 . MV800i E. MV830i E.MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS Program AE mode display Easy mode is selected Auto mode is selected A Sports mode is selected Portrait mode is selected Spotlight mode Text always turns off after it is Surf & Snow mode is selected displayed for about four seconds Low Light mode is selected Night mode is selected Night+ mode MV850i E only Super Night MV850i E only Skin detail mode display Skin detail mode is selected Skin detail mode is not selected No display Tape counter display Time code display Not entered Zero Set Memory MV850i E. MV800 E.

2 seconds after recording starts ( ) Then. 1-second cycles. 75% remaining Approx. 0% remaining. 25% remaining Approx. 100% remaining Approx. ( ) Tape end Not entered Tape warning display (flashes) Other No display Remaining battery level display Approx. MV830i E. warning display (flashes red) Power adapter is attached No display Shutter speed display 1/60 sec is selected 1/100 sec is selected 1/250 sec is selected 1/500 sec is selected 1/1000 sec is selected 1/2000 sec is selected In Auto mode No display White balance display Set Indoor preset Outdoor preset Auto No display Condensation warning display (flashes red) 33 .MV850i E. 50% remaining Approx. MV800i E. it continues to shrink and expand in approx. MV830 E. MV800 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS Remaing tape display mark rotates for approx.

MV850i E. MV800i E. MV830i E/830 E only No display Remote control receive off is selected Mute MV850i E. Audio mode display When 16-bit is selected When 12-bit is selected 34 . MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL Remote control sensor display Remote control is selected REMARKS MV850i E. MV830 E. MV800 E. MV830i E. MV830i E/830 E only Card Mix display Digital feature display Auto Fade is selected Wipe is selected Corner Wipe is selected Jump is selected Flip is selected Puzzle is selected Zigzag is selected Beam is selected Tide is selected Art is selected Black and White is selected Sepia is selected Mosaic is selected Ball is selected Cube is selected Wave is selected Color Mask is selected Mirror is selected Multi-screen is selected Digital feature are turned OFF No display Wind screen display Auto Wind Screen is turned ON No display Auto Wind Screen is turned OFF Time and date display Time and date is not set The desired style can be selected from among the styles shown above.

MV830i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS Widescreen TV (16:9) mode display Widescreen TV mode is selected Widescreen TV off is selected No display MV850i E. MV830 E. MV800i E.MV850i E. MV800 E. MV830i E/830 E only Photo half-pressed lock display AF/AE operation in progress flashes After AF/AE lock green light Focus mode display With AF off With AF on No display Set to Infinity 35 .

MV830 E. MV830i E. MV800i E.MV850i E. MV800 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 5-2 VCR Mode MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL VCR mode Audio 12-bit output display When 12-bit Stereo 1 is selected When 12-bit Stereo 2 is selected When 12-bit mixed 1:1 is selected When 12-bit mixed variable is selected 16-bit No display Mix balance display Mix ratio 1:0 Mix ratio 1:1 Mix ratio 0:1 Recording mode display SD mode During SP recording LP recording 36 REMARKS .

MV830i E/830 E only Slow playback MV850i E. MV800i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS Operating mode display During recording Red display During recording pause Cassette is ejected Playback is stopped Playback Fast forward Rewind No tape Fast playback 2× speed playback MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only Date search operation MV850i E. MV830i E. MV830i E/830 E only Still image reverse playback MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only Frame playback MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only Still image playback MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only 1× SP reverse playback MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only 2× SP reverse playback MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only Rewind playback MV850i E. MV830 E. MV830i E/830 E only 1× speed playback MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only Frame reverse playback MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only Slow reverse playback MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only Audio dubbing recording MV850i E.MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only When end search is selected Other than search No display 37 . MV800 E. MV830i E/830 E only Tape counter Time code display Not entered Zero Set Memory Same as during Camera mode Remaining tape display Same as during Camera mode Audio dubbing / Insert or search operation display Audio dubbing is selected MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only FF return REW return Audio dubbing pause MV850i E.

MV830 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL Remaining battery level display Same as during camera mode Remote control sensor display Same as during Camera mode Battery warning display Same as during Camera mode Condensation warning display Same as during camera mode REMARKS Speaker When Speaker is selected When volume is at OFF Playback zoom display MV830 E/800 E/790 E is not displayed. MV830i E. MV800i E.MV850i E. MV800 E. DV input display With DV input AV DV signal conversion is selected Other No display Data code display        .

       .

        38                 .

MV850i E. MV830i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS Camera data Aperture value display The product’s aperture value is F1. MV830 E. Aperture fully close There is no Aperture fully close function in this product Not entered Shutter speed display This product’s shutter speed is 1/2000 sec Not entered Time display Time setting is selected Not entered Time and time setting are selected Not entered Date display Not entered Wind screen display Same as during Camera mode Audio input display Dubbing/Audio input terminal is selected Dubbing/Microphone input terminal is selected Audio mode display Same as during camera mode Widescreen TV (16:9) Same as during Camera mode 39 . MV800i E.6 and higher. MV800 E.

it continues to shrink and expand in approx. MV830i E. 2 seconds after recording starts No card (flashes red) 9999 or more images can be recorded 99 images can be recorded Then. MV800i E. MV830i E. MV800 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 5-3 Card / Camera Mode (MV850i E. ( Yellow display 5 images can be recorded 1 image scan be recorded AE shift display ) Same as during Camera/Tape mode 40 . 1-second cycles.MV850i E. MV830 E only) MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS Card/Camera mode Zoom/Exposure correction/ND display Zoom/Exposure correction display Same as during Camera mode Over exposure warning (flashes) Caution is indicated when F11 or higher ND display (when ND is on) Underexposure (flashes) Card recording quality display Program AE mode display Same as during Camera mode Stitch Assist quantity display Clockwise Counter-clockwise Hand shaking warning Card access display Card remaining display mark rotates for approx. MV830 E.

MV800 E. MV830i E. MV800i E. MV830 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS Still image size display 1024 × 768 is selected MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only 640 × 480 is selected Focus mode display Same as during Camera mode Self-timer display Same as during Camera mode Motion video size display 320 × 240 is selected 160 × 120 is selected Shutter speed display Remaining battery level display Same as during Camera mode White balance display Same as during Camera mode Lithium coin battery low-power Same as during Camera mode warning display Condensation warning display Same as during Camera mode Remote control code display Same as during Camera mode Digital feature display Time and date display Same as during Camera mode (date and time only) Photo half-pressed lock display Same as during camera mode Stitch Assist operation guide AF frame display AF priority Focus display Center only during Easy mode Subject cannot be brought into focus 41 .MV850i E.

MV830 E. MV830 E only) 5-4-1 Still Image Playback MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL Card Playback mode (Still images) Title display Slide show Card playback Send designation mark display Print mark display Protect mark display Computer USB connection When not connected No display DCF file name display Directory number-File number Video playback time display Playback Playback pause 42 REMARKS . MV830i E.MV850i E. MV800i E. MV830i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 5-4 Card Playback Mode (MV850i E. MV800 E.

MV800i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS Card access display Image number display Red flashing display No card Checking number of images recorded on card 0 recorded images 9th of 99 recorded images 99th of 99 recorded images 9999th of 9999 recorded images Speaker Same as during VCR mode Data code display Same as during VCR mode (date and time only) Playback zoom display guide Same as during VCR playback mode Slide show operation guide 43 . MV800 E. MV830i E.MV850i E. MV830 E.

MV850i E. MV830 E. MV800 E. MV830i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 5-4-2 Video (Motion JPEG) Still Image Playback MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS Video (Motion JPEG) Still image playback Card information display No card Red flashing display Checking number of images recorded on card 0 recorded images 9th of 99 recorded images 99th of 99 recorded images 9999th of 9999 recorded images Motion video size display Speaker/headphone volume adjustment Same as during VCR mode Operating mode display Playback Playback pause Data code display Same as during VCR mode Total playback time display Lap time display 44 . MV800i E.

MV830 E. MV800 E.MV850i E. 45 . MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 5-4-3 Direct Printing MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL REMARKS Printer connected display PictBridge-compatible printer SET MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E models can Bubble Jet compatible printer SET not be connected to CP printers not supporting PictBridge (CP-10/100). MV830i E. MV800i E.

MV830 E.S FADE. MV800i E. SELECT FADER TYPE EFFECT TYPE M. VCR mode.S. EFFECT SET UP SUB MENU ITEM CARD MIX SETTINGS DEFAULT Switches to Card mix selection screen (MV850i E. Camera Mode MAIN MENU ITEM D.T WIPE CORNER JUMP FLIP PUZZLE ZIGZAG BEAM TIDE ART BLACK & WHITE SEPIA MOSAIC BALL CUBE WAVE COLOR MASK MIRROR MANUAL FAST MODERATE SLOW 4 9 16 RETURN 46 FADE. Card/Camera mode.SPEED M. MV800 E. MV830i E/830 E only) D.SPLIT BACKUP Lithium battery FADER EFFECT MULTI. E.MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 5-5 Menu Display The menu display has Camera mode.S. MV830i E.T Lithium battery ART Lithium battery MODERATE Lithium battery 4 Lithium battery . and Card Playback mode.

SETTINGS AUTO 1/50 1/120 1/250 1/500 1/1000 1/2000 ON OFF OFF 88×(MV850i E) 80×(MV830i E/830 E) 80×(MV800i E/800 E) 72×(ΜV790 E) 440×(MV850i E) 400×(MV830i E/830 E) 400×(MV800i E/800 E) 360×(MV790 E) ON OFF AUTO SET INDOOR OUTDOOR DEFAULT AUTO Lithium battery ON Lithium battery OFF Lithium battery ON Lithium battery AUTO Lithium battery NIGHT NIGHT MODE 1 BACKUP NIGHT+ Lithium battery NIGHT+ S. 47 . MV830 E only. 2 : Model MV850i E. SL SHUTTER D. MV830i E. MV830 E. WHITE BAL. MV800i E. ZOOM IMAGE STAB. MV800 E.MV850i E. MV830i E. DETALE 2 VCR SET UP RETURN REC MODE AUDIO SET UP RETURN WIND SCREEN AUDIO MODE ON OFF SOFT NORMAL OFF FINE NORMAL OFF Reset switches off NORMAL Reset by turning power off OFF Lithium battery SP LP SP Lithium battery AUTO OFF 16 bit 12 bit AUTO Lithium battery 12 bit Lithium battery RETURN 1 : Model MV850i E only.NIGHT SELF TIMER SKIN DETAIL STILL. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM CAMERA SET UP SUB MENU ITEM SHUTTER A.

simplified Chinese. 2005 AM 12:00 12:00 AM JAN. 1. in that order (English is the default language). 48 Lithium battery Lithium battery . 2005 2005. MV830 E. 2005. traditional Chinese. MV800 E. MV830i E. 2005 12:00 AM 1. 1. 1. 1 JAN. MV800i E. and Korean. 1. JAN. 1 3 12:00 AM AM 12:00 ON ON OFF RETURN 3 : The Asian model only.MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM DISPLAY SET UP/ SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BRIGHTNESS LCD MIRROR TV SCREEN D/T DISPLAY LANGUAGE DATE FORMAT DEMO MODE BACKUP Lithium battery ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF DEUTSCH ENGLISH ESPAÑOL FRANÇAIS ITALIANO PyCCKИ ИЙ ON Lithium battery ON Lithium battery OFF Lithium battery ENGLISH Lithium battery 簡体中文 日本語 The Asian models display in four languages:English.

MV850i E. ZONE/DST D/TIME SEL SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP ON ON Lithium battery OFF ON ON Lithium battery OFF LONDON PARIS Lithium battery LONDON PARIS PARIS ······ CAIRO MOSCOW DUBAI KARACHI DACCA BANGKOK H. DENVER CHICAGO N. MV830 E only. REMOTE 2 BEEP T. ······ AZORES AZORES However. 2030 11:59 PM 1. DEC. KONG” is shown when a setting other than simplified Chinese is selected. “H. 2030 12:00 AM . “H. 2030 11:59 PM RETURN 2 : Model MV850i E.31. MV800 E. 2005 12:00 AM 31. 1. MV830 E. MV830i E. JAN. 2005 Lithium battery 12:00 AM 12:00 AM DEC.A.KONG TOKYO SYDNEY SOLOMON WELLGTN. KONG” is changed to “BEIJING” when simplified Chinese is selected. CARACAS RIO FERNAN. ANCHOR. MV830i E. JAN. 2005 JAN. SAMOA HONOLU. L. 49 1. JAN.Y. 1. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM SYSTEM SUB MENU ITEM WL. MV800i E.

SOUND SELF-T SOUND MY CAMERA 4 RETURN START-UP IMG S-UP SOUND OPER. MV830i E. MV800 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM MY CAMERA 2 SUB MENU ITEM S-UP SOUND SHTR SOUND OPER. 4 : Model MV800i E. DSOUND SELF-T SOUND SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND DEFAULT Lithium battery DEFAULT Lithium battery DEFAULT Lithium battery DEFAULT Lithium battery ON OFF OFF PATTERN1 PATTERN2 OFF PATTERN1 PATTERN2 OFF PATTERN1 PATTERN2 ON Lithium battery PATTERN1 Lithium battery PATTERN1 Lithium battery PATTERN1 Lithium battery RETURN CLOSE 2 : Model MV850i E. 50 . MV830 E only. MV800i E. MV830i E. MV790 E only. MV800 E.MV850i E. MV830 E.

MV830i E.T WIPE CORNER JUMP FLIP PUZZLE ZIGZAG BEAM TIDE ART BLACK & WHITE SEPIA MOSAIC BALL CUBE WAVE COLOR MASK MIRROR MANUAL FAST MODERATE SLOW 4 9 16 SP LP ON OFF RETURN 1 : Model MV850i E only. MV800i E. SELECT FADER TYPE EFFECT TYPE M. E. 51 FADE.S. EFFECT SET UP SUB MENU ITEM DEFAULT D. MV800 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT VCR Mode MAIN MENU ITEM D.S FADE.MV850i E. MV830 E.S.SPEED M.T Lithium battery ART Lithium battery MODERATE Lithium battery 4 Lithium battery SP Lithium battery OFF Reset by turning power off .SPLIT VCR SET UP SETTINGS RETURN REC MODE AV DV 1 BACKUP Lithium battery FADER EFFECT MULTI.

IN AUTO OFF 16bit 12bit STEREO1 STEREO2 MIX/FIXED MIX/VARI. MV830i E. 2 : Model MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM AUDIO SET UP SUB MENU ITEM OUTPUT CH AUDIO DUB. simplified Chinese. MV800i E. & D/T DATE TIME DATE & TIME DEUTSCH ENGLISH ESPAÑOL FRANÇAIS ITALIANO PyCCKИ ИЙ ON Lithium battery ON Lithium battery OFF Lithium battery DATE/TIME Lithium battery DATE & TIME Lithium battery ENGLISH 簡体中文 日本語 The Asian models display in four languages:English. MV830 E. in that order (English is the default language). MV800 E. and Korean. MV830i E. DATE DATA CODE D/TIME SEL LANGUAGE BACKUP Lithium battery ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF DATE/TIME CAMERA DATA CAM.MV850i E. DEFAULT L/R Reset by turning power off AUDIO IN Lithium battery AUTO Lithium battery 12bit Lithium battery STEREO1 Reset by turning power off MIX BALANCE CARD SET UP 2 RETURN IMG QUALITY MOVIE SIZE FILE NOS. 2 WIND SCREEN 2 AUDIO MODE 12bit AUDIO SETTINGS L/R L/L R/R AUDIO IN MIC. DISPLAY SET UP/ Lithium battery SUPER FINE FINE NORMAL 320 × 240 160 × 120 RESET CONTINUOUS FINE Lithium battery 320 × 240 Lithium battery CONTINUOUS Lithium battery RETURN BRIGHTNESS TV SCREEN DISPLAYS 6 SEC. MV830 E only. traditional Chinese. 52 .

JAN. “H.A. SAMOA HONOLU. DEC. 2005 Lithium battery 12:00 AM 12:00 AM DEC. 2030 11:59 PM RETURN 2 : Model MV850i E. DENVER CHICAGO N. ANCHOR.KONG TOKYO SYDNEY SOLOMON WELLGTN. 2005 12:00 AM 31. 2005 12:00 AM 1. 2005 JAN. MV830 E. 2030 12:00 AM . 1 AM 12:00 JAN. 1. MV800i E. MV830 E only. MV830i E. MV830i E. JAN. ······ AZORES AZORES However. JAN.31. “H. CARACAS RIO FERNAN. 2005 12:00 AM BACKUP Lithium battery ON ON Lithium battery OFF ON ON Lithium battery OFF LONDON PARIS Lithium battery LONDON PARIS PARIS ······ CAIRO MOSCOW DUBAI KARACHI DACCA BANGKOK H. 1. 2030 11:59 PM 1. ZONE/DST D/TIME SEL SETTINGS 2005. MV800 E.Y. 1.MV850i E. 2005 12:00 AM DEFAULT JAN. 1. 1. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM DISPLAY SET UP/ DATE FORMAT SYSTEM RETURN WL. REMOTE 2 BEEP T. 53 1. L. JAN. KONG” is shown when a setting other than simplified Chinese is selected. KONG” is changed to “BEIJING” when simplified Chinese is selected.

4 : Model MV800i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM MY CAMERA 2 SUB MENU ITEM S-UP SOUND SHTR SOUND OPER. DSOUND SELF-T SOUND SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND DEFAULT Lithium battery DEFAULT Lithium battery DEFAULT Lithium battery DEFAULT Lithium battery ON OFF OFF PATTERN1 PATTERN2 OFF PATTERN1 PATTERN2 OFF PATTERN1 PATTERN2 ON Lithium battery PATTERN1 Lithium battery PATTERN1 Lithium battery PATTERN1 Lithium battery RETURN CLOSE 2 : Model MV850i E. MV800i E. MV800 E. MV830 E. MV830i E. MV790 E only. SOUND SELF-T SOUND MY CAMERA 4 RETURN START-UP IMG S-UP SOUND OPER. MV830 E only. MV800 E.MV850i E. MV830i E. 54 .

FOCUS PRI. NIGHT MODE 1 SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP OFF OFF BLACK & WHITE Lithium battery AUTO 1/50 1/120 1/250 ON OFF OFF 88×(MV850i E) 80×(MV830i E/830 E) AUTO SET INDOOR OUTDOOR ON OFF AUTO Lithium battery ON Lithium battery OFF Lithium battery AUTO Lithium battery ON Lithium battery NIGHT NIGHT+ Lithium battery NIGHT+ S. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT Card / Camera Mode (MV850i E. MV800 E. MV830i E. SL SHUTTER D. 55 . MV830i E. EFFECT SET UP EFFECT CAMERA SET UP RETURN SHUTTER A.MV850i E.NIGHT SELF TIMER SKIN DETAIL REVIEW CARD SET UP RETURN IMA QUALITY IMA SIZE MOVIE SIZE FILE NOS. ZOOM WHITE BAL. AUDIO SET UP RETURN WIND SCREEN ON OFF SOFT NORMAL OFF 2sec 4sec 6sec 8sec 10sec OFF Reset switches off NORMAL Reset by turning power off 2sec Lithium battery SUPER FINE FINE NORMAL 1024 × 768 320 × 240 160 × 120 RESET CONTINUOS FINE Lithium battery 1024 × 768 320 × 240 Lithium battery Lithium battery CONTINUOS Lithium battery AUTO Lithium battery AUTO OFF RETURN 1 : Model MV850i E only. MV800i E. MV830 E. MV830 E only) MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM D.

1. traditional Chinese. simplified Chinese. 1. 1 JAN. 1. JAN. 2005. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM DISPLAY SET UP/ SUB MENU ITEM SETTINGS DEFAULT BRIGHTNESS LCD MIRROR TV SCREEN D/T DISPLAY LANGUAGE DATE FORMAT DEMO MODE BACKUP Lithium battery ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF DEUTSCH ENGLISH ESPAÑOL FRANÇAIS ITALIANO PyCCKИ ИЙ ON Lithium battery ON Lithium battery OFF Lithium battery ENGLISH Lithium battery 簡体中文 日本語 The Asian models display in four languages:English. 2005 12:00 AM 1.MV850i E. MV830i E. in that order (English is the default language). MV800 E. MV830 E. MV800i E. 2005 12:00 AM ON ON OFF RETURN 56 Lithium battery Lithium battery . and Korean. 2005 AM 12:00 12:00 AM JAN.

31. MV800 E. 2030 11:59 PM RETURN 57 1. KONG” is shown when a setting other than simplified Chinese is selected. DEC. 2030 11:59 PM 1. MV800i E. 1.A. ······ AZORES AZORES However. DENVER CHICAGO N. MV830 E. ANCHOR.KONG TOKYO SYDNEY SOLOMON WELLGTN. JAN.MV850i E. 2005 Lithium battery 12:00 AM 12:00 AM DEC. 1. “H. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM SYSTEM SUB MENU ITEM WL. KONG” is changed to “BEIJING” when simplified Chinese is selected. JAN. L. MV830i E. 2030 12:00 AM . ZONE/DST D/TIME SEL SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP ON ON Lithium battery OFF ON ON Lithium battery OFF LONDON PARIS Lithium battery LONDON PARIS PARIS ······ CAIRO MOSCOW DUBAI KARACHI DACCA BANGKOK H. “H. CARACAS RIO FERNAN. SAMOA HONOLU. 2005 JAN.Y. REMOTE BEEP T. 2005 12:00 AM 31. JAN.

MV800 E. MV830i E.MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM MY CAMERA SUB MENU ITEM S-UP SOUND SHTR SOUND OPER. SOUND SELF-T SOUND SETTINGS OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT MY SOUND RETURN CLOSE 58 DEFAULT BACKUP DEFAULT Lithium battery DEFAULT Lithium battery DEFAULT Lithium battery DEFAULT Lithium battery . MV800i E. MV830 E.

1. 2005 12:00 AM 1. traditional Chinese. MV830i E. JAN. 1. simplified Chinese. ORDER ALL ERASE IMAGE ERASE FORMAT CARD OPERATIONS (for index screen) DISPLAY SET UP/ RETURN PROTECT SETTINGS DEFAULT Switches to erase all print designations screen Move to Transmission Screen Erase Screen. 2005 12:00 AM RETURN 59 Lithium battery . MV830 E. 1. CANCEL SINGLE ALL CANCEL EXECUTE CANCEL None CANCEL None Switches to image protect screen PRINT ORDER Switches to print designations screen TRANSFER ORDER Switches to send designations screen RETURN BRIGHTNESS TV SCREEN DISPLAY D/T DISPLAY LANGUAGE DATE FORMAT BACKUP Lithium battery ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF DEUTSCH ENGLISH ESPAÑOL FRANÇAIS ITALIANO PyCCKИ ИЙ ON Lithium battery OFF Lithium battery OFF Lithium battery ENGLISH Lithium battery 簡体中文 日本語 The Asian models display in four languages:English. MV800i E. in that order (English is the default language). MV830i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT Card Playback Mode (Card/VCR mode) (MV850i E.MV850i E. 2005 AM 12:00 12:00 AM JAN. MV830 E only) MAIN MENU ITEM SUB MENU ITEM CARD OPERATIONS (During single shooting) PRINT ORDERS ALL ERASE TRANS. MV800 E. and Korean. 1 JAN. 2005.

2030 11:59 PM RETURN 60 1. CARACAS RIO FERNAN.Y. 2005 Lithium battery 12:00 AM 12:00 AM DEC. JAN. ANCHOR.31. 2030 12:00 AM . DENVER CHICAGO N. 1. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM SYSTEM SUB MENU ITEM WL. MV830 E. 1. “H. ······ AZORES AZORES However. KONG” is changed to “BEIJING” when simplified Chinese is selected. DEC. 2005 JAN. MV830i E. SAMOA HONOLU. 2030 11:59 PM 1. “H. 2005 12:00 AM 31. KONG” is shown when a setting other than simplified Chinese is selected. MV800 E. MV800i E.A. L. JAN. REMOTE BEEP T.KONG TOKYO SYDNEY SOLOMON WELLGTN.MV850i E. ZONE/DST D/TIME SEL SETTINGS DEFAULT BACKUP ON ON Lithium battery OFF ON ON Lithium battery OFF LONDON PARIS Lithium battery LONDON PARIS PARIS ······ CAIRO MOSCOW DUBAI KARACHI DACCA BANGKOK H. JAN.

NO IMAGE CANON LOGO CANON LOGO MY IMAGE OFF DEFAULT DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT DEFAULT MY SOUND OFF DEFAULT DEFAULT MY SOUND BACKUP Lithium battery Lithium battery Lithium battery Lithium battery Lithium battery Move to the PRINT ORDER screen (when a Camera Direct compatible printer is connected). S-UP IMG S-UP SOUND SHTR SOUND OPER. SOUND SELF-T SOUND MY CAMERA RETURN PRINT SETTINGS DEFAULT Switches to startup image creation screen.MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MAIN MENU ITEM MY CAMERA SUB MENU ITEM CREATE START-UP IMG SEL. CLOSE 61 . MV830i E. MV830 E. MV800i E. MV800 E.

MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 5-6 Card-Related Screen Displays (MV850i E. MV830i E. MV830 E only) MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL Slideshow screen Image Playback MPEG-4 (When Playback) Image setup screen Index screen : s selected 62 REMARKS . MV800i E. MV800 E. MV830 E. MV830i E.

MV800i E. MV830 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL Image protect screen (during Index screen) Print designations screen Send designations screen 63 REMARKS .MV850i E. MV800 E. MV830i E.

MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL Image erase screen Image erase selection screen Erasing one image Warning : Erasing in progress Erasing all images 64 REMARKS . MV830 E. MV800i E.MV850i E. MV830i E. MV800 E.

MV850i E. MV800 E. MV800i E. MV830 E. MV830i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL Format screen Format confirmation screen Format execution screen Card mix selection screen 65 REMARKS .

MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL Mix type setting screen Animation type setting screen Mix level setting screen Stitch assist screen 66 REMARKS .MV850i E. MV830 E. MV830i E. MV800i E. MV800 E.

MV830i E. MV800 E. MV830 E. MV800i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL My camera setup My camera settings screen Startup image creation screen Recording position selection Record execution confirmation Now Creating message 67 REMARKS .MV850i E.

MV800i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL Startup image selection screen Startup sound selection screen Select Shutter Sound screen Operation sound selection screen Self-timer sound selection screen 68 REMARKS . MV800 E. MV830 E. MV830i E.MV850i E.

MV830 E.MV850i E. MV830i E. MV800 E. MV800i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL PC connection screen During USB connection During IEEE1394 connection 69 REMARKS .

MV800i E. MV830i E. MV800 E. MV830 E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 5-7 Direct Print Setting screen (MV850i E. MV830i E. MV830 E only) MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL Direct print setting screen Direct print setting initial screen Print selection screen BJ Direct compatible printers PictBridge compatible printer (PIXUS 990i.MV850i E. CP-200/220/300/330)            .

 .

 .

       .

.

.

.

  Cancel print screen     .

      .

   Cancel selection screen            70 .

 .

 .

 .

.

.

.

        .

MV830i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT MENU INDICATION PAL MODEL Quantity setting screen  . MV800i E.MV850i E. MV800 E. MV830 E.

.

                     .

.

       .

              .



Trimming setting screen    

 

 

  

.

 71 .

the “REMOVE THE CASSETTE” message appears after this). Warning Displays COPYRIGHT PROTECTED PLAYBACK IS RESTRICTED • When unable to play tape due to copyright protection information. TAPE END • When either the end of the tape was detected. COPYRIGHT PROTECTED DUBBING RESTRICTED • When unable to record to tape due to copy protection information (MV850i E/830i E/800i E only). MV800i E. CHECK THE CASSETTE [AUDIO MODE] • When the Dubbing button was pressed in a section with 16-bit or 4-channel simultaneous recording. and when a cassette is inserted. CHANGE THE BATTERY PACK • When the battery charge level has dropped.DATE AND TIME • When the power has been turned on without setting the time zone and/or date and time. REMOVE THE CASSETTE • When a cassette has been inserted while there is a mechanical error or condensation in the unit. MV830 E. CHECK THE CASSETTE [REC MODE] • When the Dubbing button was pressed in a section recorded at LP/ESP/ELP. MV830i E. CONDENSATION HAS BEEN DETECTED • When condensation has formed (if a cassette is inserted. LP mode was detected during dubbing. In the camera mode. MV800 E. Or. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT 6. or a key was pressed during detection that blocked tape movement in the forward direction in a mode where forward movement is enabled. when the Start/Stop button is pressed.Or. when the power is turned ON. THE TAPE IS SET FOR ERASUER PREVENTION • When REC was pressed in VCR mode when recording is enabled but the cassette was set to write-protection. HEADS DIRTY. AUSE CLEANING CASSETTE • When the heads are clogged. SET THE TIME ZONE. a 16-bit mode or 4channel simultaneous recording mode was detected during dubbing. 72 . CHECK THE INPUT • When DV is not connected or the device is connected but cannot be recognized (Not available for MV830 E/800 E/790 E).MV850i E. COPYRIGHT PROTECTED DUBBING RESTRICTED • When trying to record a tape containing copyright protection information or to record an external input image to a card (MV850i E/830i E/800i E only).

(MV850i E. MV800i E. MV830i E/830 E only) NAMING ERROR • When the file number or directory number has reached the maximum. (MV850i E. (MV850i E. in a mode that allows card recording (VCR mode. MV830i E/830 E only) NOW CREATING START. MV830i E/830 E only). CARD ERROR • When a card error occurs and data cannot be recorded on the card. (MV850i E. or a still image imported to and edited on a computer as the startup screen. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) UNIDENTIFIABLE IMAGE • When you tried to play an unplayable image type. MV830i E/830 E only) 73 . MV830i E/830 E only) NO CARD • When the card is not inserted in the socket of the main unit. MV830i E/830 E only) CARD FULL • When the card is full.MV850i E. THIS IMAGE CANNOT BE USED AS START. Card Recording mode. MV830i E/830 E only). MV800 E. MV830i E/830 E only) NO IMAGES • When the image that should be played in the card cannot be found. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) THE CARD IS SET FOR ERASURE PREVENTION • When an attempt is made to record on an SD card set for erasure prevention.) (MV850i E. or image with corrupted data. (MV850i E. or when a mark file cannot be edited. (MV850i E. (MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT CHECK THE CASSETTE [BLANK] • When an unrecorded section was detected during dubbing.UP IMAGE • When you tried to set a different type of still image or one recorded by another device. MV830i E/830 E only) PRINT ORDER ERROR • When there are too many print marks (100 or more). MV830i E.UP IMAGE • When the startup screen is being written to flash memory (MV850i E. THIS IMAGE CANNOT BE RECORDED • When analog input video that you are trying to record to a card cannot be recorded due to the signal condition. MV830i E/830 E only) IN CARD POSITION • When the Start/Stop button was pressed in Camera mode (MV850i E. MV830 E. incompatible JPEG image.

MV830i E/830 E only) NO INK • When ink is not installed properly or the ink has run out. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) COULD NOT PRINT *IMAGES • When you tried to print a different type of still image or one recorded by another device.MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) CANNOT PRINT! • When you tried to print a different type of still image or one recorded by another device. MV830i E/830 E only) PAPER ERROR • When a paper error occurs. MV830i E/830 E only) NO PARER • When the paper has not been inserted into the printer properly or there is no paper in the printer. Alternatively. MV800i E. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) PRINTER ERROR • When a problem occurs in the printer. or a still image imported to and edited on a computer. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) 74 . (MV850i E. MV830 E. MV830i E. when an attempt has been made to trim images whose aspect ratio differs significantly from 4:3. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) CANNOT TRIM • When an attempt has been made to trim still images with a 160 × 120 image size. (MV850i E. MV800 E. (MV850i E. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) LOW INKLEVEL • When the ink level is low. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT DIFFERENT CARD FORMAT • When the card format is not compatible with this device. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) WASTE TANK FULL • When the waste ink tank is full. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) READJUST TRIMMING • When you tried to change the “STYLE” setting after making the trimming settings. or a still image imported to and edited on a computer using the DPOF setting for images. (MV850i E. (MV850i E. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) PAPER JAM • When a paper jam occurs during printing. MV830i E/830 E only) SET PRINT ORDER • When you tried to print still images not designated for printing by using the Print command in the Card Playback menu.

Check the printer status. MV830i E/830 E only) CHECK PRINT SETTINGS • When the printer setting status displays the current recording value and the Print/Share button was pressed even though this value cannot be used by PictBridge when the printer is connected. MV830i E/830 E only) 75 . and then motion video is displayed (Setting icon and icon to its right are grayed out. (MV850i E. and the Print/Share button is pressed. (MV850i E. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) PRINTER WARMING UP • When the printer is warming up. MV830i E. PRINTER IN USE • When the printer is in use. MV830i E/830 E only) CANNOT TRANSFER! • When “PC Background” is set. MV830i E/830 E only) INCOMPATIBLE PEPAR SIZE • When an unavailable paper size was selected in the paper size menu after displaying the paper size menu and changing the settings at the printer side. MV830 E. MV830i E/830 E only) PRINT ERROR • When an error due to some unspecified cause occurred in the printer. (MV850i E. (MV850i E. (MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT COMMUNICATION ERROR • When an error occurs during communication. MV830i E/830 E only) • When the image quantity that can be set was exceeded. MV830i E/830 E only) MEDIA TYPE ERROR • When a paper that cannot be used is selected. MV800i E. MV830i E/830 E only) PAPER HAS BEEN CHANGED • When the paper size was changed between the time of selecting the paper and starting printing. MV830i E/830 E only) PAPER LEVER ERROR • When the printer paper lever is in the improper position. delete the still images from the memory card until there are 1800 or less. (MV850i E.MV850i E. (MV850i E. MV800 E. (MV850i E. and the Print/Share button lights up). (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) TOO MANY IMAGES DISCONNECT CABLE • Disconnect the USB cable. and then reconnect the USB cable. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) PRINTER COVER OPEN • When the printer cover is open. (MV850i E.

76 . MV830i E/830 E only) INK CASSETTE ERROR • When an error has occurred in the ink cassette. MV800i E. (MV850i E. (MV850i E. MV790 E GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT INCOMPATIBE PAPER SIZE • When paper that is incompatible with this device was loaded into the printer.MV850i E. MV830i E. MV830i E/830 E only) RECHARGE THE PRINTER BATTERY • When the printer battery is out of power. MV830 E. (MV850i E. MV800 E. MV830i E/830 E only) PAPER AND INK DO NOT MATCH • When the ink cannot be used on the designated paper. WRONG FORMAT PLAYBACK NOT POSSIBLE • When it was found during playback/special playback that the tape was recorded in HD format. (MV850i E. MV830i E/830 E only) CHECK THE CASSETTE [WRONG FORMAT] • When it was found during dubbing that the tape was recorded in HD format.

11 4-3 Recorder Signal Processing ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.10 4-2-1 Camera Motion Picture Recording --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.7 3-2-1 Conditions to Start Charging -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.2 2-2 Power Fuses ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.15 5-3 Servo Control --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.7 3-2-2 Progress of Charging --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.16 5-4 Personal Computer Connection Mode (USB) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. Servo ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.6 3-1 Outline ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.6 3-2 Operation at Charging ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.18 5-5-1 Error Detecting Conditions -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION CONTENTS 1.14 5-2 Major Functions of Each MI-COM -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.13 5.5 3.18 .10 4-2-2 Card Still Picture Recording ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.4 2-3 Power Supply Circuits ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.12 4-4 Audio Signal Flow --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.9 4-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.17 5-5 Error Detection ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. PCB Functions ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. System Control. Signal Processing Circuit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. Power Supply Circuit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.8 4.14 5-1 Outline of System Control. Built-in Charger Circuit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.10 4-2-3 Card Motion Picture Recording ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.2 2-1 Startup of Power Supply ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.9 4-2 Camera/Card Signal Processing -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. Servo ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.1 2.18 5-5-2 Processing after Error Detection -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

.

7V regulator VRP2 Record playback head amplifier FLASH VIC4 Memory for FR MI-COM (16M) Digital VCR signal processing LSI. IEEE1394 terminal.7V REGULATOR Power controlling (charge control. and loading motor driver AUDIO INTERFACE Analog input/output signal processing.7V REGULATOR V driver 2. power PWM regulator control) 4. focus motor driver. IRIS driver. AGC. and A/D converter. SDRAM FR MI-COM. IEEE1394 interface. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 1. MV800i E. card image processing. LCD driver POWER CONTROL 4. CCD 2. and Analog video input/output signal processing Memory for VIC4 (64M) • IC3201 • IC3203 Video Section • IC2000 • IC2300 • IC2301 • IC2302 MO Driver Section • IC300 OPE AMP • IC301 Audio Section • IC801 CCD Section • IC1001 • IC1002 Operational amplifier for reel sensor MOTOR DRIVE Drum. MV830i E. TG. PCB Functions (1) MAIN PCB System-Control Section • IC100 • IC3201 MODE MI-COM POWER CONTROL Camera/Card Section • IC1102 SDRAM • IC1103 DIGIC DV System control MODE MI-COM back up. and USB interface • IC1200 LENS DRIVE CVF/LCD Section Zoom. RESET Memory for DIGIC DV (64M) Camera digital signal processing. speaker amplifier TG/CDS/AGC/AD/V-DRIVER CCD. CCD output signal sampling.7V regulator CCD CCD image sensor DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL Backlight drive (2) CCD PCB • IC1070 (3) LCD PCB • IC4201 (4) CVF PCB Back-light LED turn-on (5) JACK PCB AV jack. capstan. and gyro output amp • IC1501 PM Section EVF/LCD DRIVE EVF (CVF). MV800 E.MV850i E. USB terminal • IC1601 • IC1602 P SENSOR GYRO Y SENSOR GYRO Pitch-direction angular speed detection Yaw-direction angular speed detection 1 . MV830 E.

7V REG. 3V REG. 1 2 1 . MV800 E. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2. MV830 E. MV800i E. 18 25 LI DET VTR ON 3 53 CAM ON CAM ON 26 52 VTR ON IC100 MODE MI-COM.MV850i E. (VIC4) Fig. 23 71 DC J DET 79 SERIAL DATA DVDD 2.7V IC2301 FR MI-COM. MV830i E. Power Supply Circuit 2-1 Startup of Power Supply MAIN PCB LI PCB FROM DC JACK JACK PCB 22 JACK DET EJ SW LITHIUM BATTERY CN101 + CN1 24 OPERATION KEY UNIT POWER SW DMC-III CASSETTE IN SW − 1 CN2101 9 CN100 19 CN303 12 CN101 2 21 80 DC V DET 2. 20 DET 25 EJECT SW 66 E3V 18 E3 DET CAS IN 67 VTR 76 POWER SW 22 SW VCC CAMERA 77 POWER SW FROM BATTERY TERMINAL IC3201 POWER CONTROL + − RESET 17 10 RESET 2.6V DET.

the IC3201 outputs the “L” signal form pin 18. MV800 E. the VTR ON (H). When main power is supplied. 3 .7V power is output as the power for the MODE MI-COM from pin 22 of IC3201 to save its power consumption. Then. the MODE MI-COM performs data backup and clock operation when main power supply is not connected. the MODE MI-COM carries out initialization and sets up the standby state. When it detects that any one of the startup-related switches has been turned on. Through the internal regulator. 3V power is input to pins 23/26 of IC3201. respectively. Furthermore. which then issue a lithium battery low-level warning indication. the MODE MI-COM sends it to the FR MI-COM. the MODE MI-COM performs detection of startup-related switches. When the voltage of the lithium battery decreases below 2. CAM ON (H) signals are output from pins 52. Upon output of the VTR ON (H). Upon receipt of this signal at the time of power-on. • Main Power Supply Main power (DC-JACK/BATTERY) is supplied to pin 21 of IC3201. power to each circuit is turned on. Thus. CAM ON (H) signals. In this state. which is output as E3V from pin 20 of IC3201. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION • Backup Lithium Battery LI3V power from the lithium battery is input to pin 19 of the IC3201. Upon detection of this "H" signal. and an internal 2.6 V (or when the lithium battery is not loaded). the main power thus supplied is converted to 3V power. 2. the "H" signal is output from pin 25 of the IC3201.7V regulator output is delivered from pin 22 of IC3201 as a power voltage for driving the MODE MI-COM. 53. the main power is converted to LI3V. MV830 E. the MODE MI-COM recognizes the main power source has been provided. MV800i E.MV850i E. MV830i E. and it is output from pin 22 as power to the MODE MI-COM. through the internal switch. When each circuit power is made active.

through which the following four power voltage are delivered.7V power source (AA 4. MV800i E. MV830 E.7V) • 5V power source (POW 5V) • VCR UNREG (3) MECHA UNREG : FU3203 • DRUM power source (D VM) • CAPSTAN power source (C VM) (4) MI-COM UNREG : FU1800 • MI-COM UNREG (BATTERY) 4 . TERNINAL 4.7V. AA2. (1) UNREG 1 : FU3201 • DC / DC CONVERTER • 3V power source (HA3V.4V. 3V. MV800 E. 1.7V.4V power source (DVDD 1. DVDD3V MI-COM) • 1.MV850i E. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2-2 Power Fuses MAIN PCB CN3202 BATT. DC/DC CONVERTOR 4. DIF2.7V. DVDD3V. MACS 1.4V.7V. MV830i E.7V.5 BATT.7V. +15V) (2) P5/VTR UNREG : FU3202 • 4.4V. AVDD2.7V.7V.7V.5V. +8. LCD2. CAM3V) • 2. HA 4.4V) • CCD/LCD drive power source (-7V. SDRAM2. AVDD 1. 2 The power supply from the battery DC JACK is supplied to four fuses on the MAIN PCB. VTR UNREG FU3203 MECHA UNREG FU1800 CHARGE UNREG Fig. + FU3201 CN3201 DC JACK DC + 2 DC + DC PCB FU3202 CCD+LCD.7V power source (DVDD2. 5V. 2.

Q3204 11 UNREG IC3203 PWM 75 CH-5 HA 4. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 2-3 Power Supply Circuits Figure 3 shows the power supply circuits.7V 9 PWM 76 CH-6 VTR ON 3 CAM ON 79 UNREG P 5V DVDD 3V REG.7V DIF 2.7V REG. MV800i E.4V 40 PWM 66 CH-1 UNREG REG.7V MICOM 3V UNREG LPF LCD 2. 3 5 . REG. Q3203 13 PWM LPF UNREG 36 PWM AVDD 1.7V DRUM VM REG.MV850i E.4V LPF SDRAM 2. MAIN PCB MACS 1.7V AVDD 2.7V LPF AA 2. Q3205 77 UNREG REG.7V REG. Q3201 38 PWM IC3201 POWER CONTROL 68 CH-2 69 CH-3 74 CH-4 DVDD 1.5V CCD 15V CCD -7V Fig. MV800 E. The ON/OFF condition of each power supply voltage is controlled by the VTR ON / CAM ON signals output from the MODE MI-COM. Q3202 LPF DVDD 2. MV830 E. CH-7 LPF CAM 3V LPF LCD 8. Q3206 HA 3V 7 PWM AA 4.4V UNREG CAP VM REG. MV830i E.

MV800 E. 4 3-1 Outline The main circuit elements and their functions are as follows. MV830 E. (1) IC100 : MODE MI-COM • Control of IC3201 • Error discrimination and display • Detection and display of charging progress • DC jack input detection (2) IC 3201 : Charge control IC • Signal amplification for detecting charging current • Charge switch control • Trickle charge switch / quick charge changeover 6 MAIN PCB MODE MI-COM .2 BATT INFO AD Q1800 1 DC IN OFF BATT − UNREG CN3212 DC JACK + DC + 2 2 CN3201 DC + DC J SW 3 23 CN2101 DC J SW − DETECT DC PCB A/D V DC V DET BATT INFO MAIN PCB PM SECTION MAIN PCB MODE MI-COM DC J DET A/D I Q1800 2 CHG-CTL1 CHG-CTL2 FU1800 CHG-CTL3 Q1802 63 33 VCC 44 42 43 52 45 OUTPUT DRIVE Q1803 CONTROL 59 60 57 OSC 55 IC3201 POWER CONTROL 56 Fig. Built-in Charger Circuit BATT.MV850i E. MV800i E. MV830i E. TERNINAL BATTERY + + THERMISTOR − MAIN PCB CN3202 BATT + 4. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 3.5 T 3 − 1.

and no charging occurs. the MODE MI-COM (IC100) controls the IC 3201 and starts charging. Conditions 1 2 3 4 5 Detection Source of detection Main unit power is turned OFF DC jack is connected.3°C.INFO Unless the condition in (4) or (5) is met. MV800i E.AD MODE MI-COM pin 88 Battery T terminal -6. MODE MI-COM MODE MI-COM pin 71 DC JACK Power supplied from DC jack DC JACK DET MODE MI-COM pin 80 DC IN UNREG voltage is 8. a charge error appears.3 V. MV830 E. Battery temperature is within the range of BATT. 7 - . DC V DET MODE MI-COM pin 87 VTR UNREG. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 3-2 Operation at Charging 3-2-1 Conditions to Start Charging When the following conditions are satisfied.MV850i E.8°C to 49. MV830i E.4 ±0. BATT. MV800 E.

MV830 E.48A An error is indicated if the battery voltage becomes 5. the trickle timer (2) is started. MV800i E. a quick charge of 0. thereafter. An error is indicated if the battery temperature is not within the range of −10 C to 52. Charging current LED flashes once LED flashes twice LED lights up steadily Quick charge 0.2 V. MV800 E. a charge end appears and.max 2-flash Full charge timer indication at timeout Supplementary charge timer 204min. as the charge proceeds. and trickle charge (2) until 6.672A When battery voltage reaches 6. 0.7V or lower during quick charging or constant-voltage charging.max 48min.5 C. When the charge current lowers to 80 mA. MV830i E. max Timeout error Timeout error 162min. whichever attained first. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 3-2-2 Progress of Charging By control from MODE MI-COM (IC100).5 V.672 A starts. Trickle 111mA 80mA Trickle 40mA When the battery voltage reaches 40mA.5 V is attained.5V. quick charge starts. max 55min. a supplementary charge proceeds until the charge current is 40 mA or until 48 minutes elapses. 40mA Trickle1 Trickle2 Quick charge timer Timeout timer timer error 7min. 5 8 Elapsed time .MV850i E. the battery impedance rises). IC3201 starts a trickle charge. the charge current reduces as the charge proceeds (because.max Full charge indication at timeout Fig. When 6. Trickle charge (1) lasts until the battery voltage attains 5.max Total timer 330min. Thereafter.

Signal Processing Circuit 4-1 Outline of Signal Processing Circuit Figure 6 shows the entire block diagram of the signal processing circuit and the flow of video and audio signals. MV830i E.MV850i E. 6 9 . MV830 E. CCD PCB LENS IC1070 CCD MAIN PCB IC1001 TG/CDS/AGC/AD V-DRIVER CVF LCD LCD PCB MEMORY CARD IC1102 SDRAM IC1103 DIGIC DV IC1501 EVF/LCD DRIVE TG LI PCB USB IC2301 VIC4 JACK PCB IC2302 SDRAM LCD MIN AV JACK USB TERMINAL DV TERMINAL DIF IC801 AIF4 FR MICOM IC2000 VRP2 REC/PB HEAD MIC SPEAKER Fig. MV800i E. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 4. MV800 E.

MV800i E. MV830i E. Drawing REND nr Camera signal processing GRAB JPEG AIF4 IC801 Synthesis COMP CARD IF Audio IC1103 DIGIC DV USB Fig. MV800 E.MV850i E. Drawing REND Synthesis COMP JPEG JPEG CARD IF Camera signal processing GRAB AIF4 IC801 VIC4 IC2301 FR MI-COM Audio IC1103 DIGIC DV Fig. 8 10 VIC4 IC2301 SD CARD . 7 4-2-2 Card Still Picture Recording 64 Mbit SDRAM IC1102 32 bit SDRAM IF RAW CCD IC1070 18MHz CDS/ AGC/ AD/TG/ V-DRIVER IC1001 10bit 18MHz proc YCC 1 resize FR MI-COM DMA YCC 2 Deformation. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 4-2 Camera/Card Signal Processing 4-2-1 Camera Motion Picture Recording 64 Mbit SDRAM IC1102 32 bit SDRAM IF CCD IC1070 18MHz CDS/ AGC/ AD/TG/ V-DRIVER IC1001 proc 10bit 18MHz resize nr Deformation. MV830 E.

) and digital effect processing. It also performs multimedia-application signal processing. • Feature engine • High-speed card interface • JPEG • Audio data compression (ADPCM) • USB function <SDRAM> IC1102 Field memory for camera signal processing and digital effect processing Image data memory for Memory card write/read operation 11 .000 Effective number of pixels Tape : Approx. AWB. Drawing REND nr Camera signal processing GRAB 10bit 18MHz DMA JPEG AIF4 IC801 Synthesis COMP CARD IF VIC4 IC2301 SD CARD Audio IC1103 DIGIC DV Fig. MV800 E. Then. 447.000 <CDS/AGC/AD/TG/V-DRIVER> IC1001 A signal read out of the CCD is extracted. it is output as a digital signal. 340.MV850i E.000 / Card : Approx. etc. after the extracted signal is subjected to AGC processing and A/D conversion. 9 <CCD> IC1070 • 1/6 inches interlaced CCD • Complementary color filter • Total number of pixels Approx. MV830 E. MV830i E. <DIGIC DV> IC1103 This circuit carries out various camera signal processing operations (EIS. MV800i E. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 4-2-3 Card Motion Picture Recording 64 Mbit SDRAM IC1102 32 bit SDRAM IF YCC 1 CCD IC1070 18MHz CDS/ AGC/ AD/TG/ V-DRIVER IC1001 proc resize FR MI-COM YCC 2 Deformation. 680.

ECC BUS MI-COM. • A/B DATA : Input in camera mode. 10 < VIC4 >IC2301 • The VIC. and these signals are output to VRP2 as 41. At playback. BLOCK R.85 Mbps output from VIC4 is amplified at VRP2. DIF INTERFACE and VIDEO INTERFACE circuits are integrated on a single semiconductor chip. Audio data. the data is output at DV terminal.B FR MI-COM. the data enters VIC4 signal processing circuit via the opposite route. < VRP2 >IC2000 Recording data of 41. B DATA is output and A DATA is input at playback.) The video data and signals input to VIC4 are subjected to digital VCR format signal processing. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 4-3 Recorder Signal Processing VIC BLOCK DIF BLOCK IC2302 SDRAM SDRAM INTERFACE DIF INTERFACE DV TERMINAL VIDEO HEAD A DATA IC1103 DIGIC B DATA DV 75Ω DRIVE VIDEO INTERFACE D/A A/D AV JACK CVF LCD LCD COMPRESSION /DEMOD. At digital input. MV830 E. MV800i E. • DIF : After conversion to digital data conforming to IEEE1394 standard. (DIGIC DV digital effect circuit is used at playback. the head output signal is amplified and sent to VIC4. MI-COM.G. and is recorded on magnetic tape while undergoing head switching of CH-1.MV850i E. MV830i E. MV800 E.85 Mbps data of DV format. Cache 1K Byte REC/PB PROCESS IC2000 VRP2 AUDIO INTERFACE IC801 AIF4 AV JACK COprocesser IC2301 VIC4 Fig. CH-2 with a switching pulse. 12 . subcode data and ITI data are also created at VIC4.

and amplification of various output signals. For the beep tone issued at ejection. and digital I/F. the signal from the FR MI-COM is generated in the circuit and changed over in the AIF. HPF. Fig. < Automatic wind noise cutting> For efficient reduction of wind noise. The microphone amplifier. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 4-4 Audio Signal Flow L MIC IC2301 VIC4 IC1103 DIGIC DV R MEM IF CARD IF SDRAM CARD IC2000 VRP2 REC/ PB HEAD L AV JACK R IC801 AIF4 Serial SPEAKER DRIVER FR MI-COM. ALC. • Noise cancellation based on correlation of V-cycle noise components. SPEAKER DRIVER with ALC circuits are contained in this IC. MV800i E. It is also used for changeover between ordinary voice sound and beep sound.MV850i E. the cutoff frequency of the wind noise cutting HPF circuit is regulated according to the current level of wind noise. • Noise component reduction by means of trapping. BEEP + − SPEAKER Fig. fading. etc. MV830i E. 11 < AIF >IC801 Out ALC (Auto Level Control). A/D. MV800 E.. AIF4 MIC IN (L) HPF (R) HPF 150Hz DIGIC DV VIC4 L+R HPF WIND DETECT (L − R) 600Hz FR MI-COM. < VIC4 > The following processing operations are carried out for reducing noise from the DMC mechanism. D/A. 12 13 40Hz 3kHz L−R . MV830 E.

MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 5. Servo 5-1 Outline of System Control. MV800 E.MV850i E. Servo Figure 13 shows the overall configuration of the system control & servo circuit. MV800i E. MV830i E.DOWN SW BOT/EOT SENS. 13 14 MEMORY CARD . plus the flow of data. REMOTE CONTROL FPC ASS'Y MAIN PCB IC3201 DC/DC CONVERTER DRUM D-VS C-VS DRUM DRIVER M FG/PG REMOTE CONTROL SIGNAL RECEIVER PWM C PWM D CAPSTAN DFG/PG R KEY2 PCB VIC CFG CAPSTAN M DRIVER FG IC301 MOTOR DRIVER R KEY2 IC2301 VIC4 DMC III LOADING LOADING DRIVER R KEY1 FPC R KEY1 M IC2000 VRP2 FR MI-COM OPERATION KEY UNIT HEAD IC2300 FLASH ZOOM SW IC801 AIF4 TAPE/CARD SW MODE SW C. System Control. DEW REEL FG MIC IC1501 EVF/LCD DRIVER START/STOP SW IC100 MODE MI-COM PHOTO SW LCD PANEL POWER SW JACK PCB IC1001 TG/CDS AGC/AD V-DRIVER EJECT SW LI PCB DIAL SW IRIS DRIVE LENS IC1200 LENS DRIVER MOTOR DRIVE SELECT SW MENU SW IC1103 DIGIC DV Fig. System control is performed by the FR MI-COM (IC2301) and MODE MI-COM (IC100) on MAIN PCB. MV830 E.

carries out control of mode transition plus mechanism control through communication with MODE MI-COM. MV800i E. it is required to update the flash ROM after adjustment and data modification regarding the FR MI-COM. 15 . AWB control • EIS (Electric Image Stabilizer) control • OSD (On Screen Display) bitmap control • PRINTER control * The FR MI-COM in this machine does not have a dedicated EEPROM. (2) MODE MI-COM (IC100) The MODE MI-COM is mainly in charge of the power-on sequence and charging control. AF. it is required to update the flash ROM after adjustment and data modification regarding the FR MI-COM. as the nucleus of the system. Following are the major functions. MV830 E.MV850i E. It also detects of various sensors and switches (DMCIII). Since a flash ROM is used for the FR MI-COM as a substitute for the EEPROM. Following are the major functions. • VIC (Video) control / AIF4 (Audio Interface) controls • Control in accordance with IEEE1394 • USB interface control • AUDIO control • DMC III mechanism control • DIGIC DV control • Card control • CCD drive control • AE. • Key input • LCD / EVF control • Remote control input • Power ON/OFF control • Built-in charge circuit control • MIC (Memory In Cassette) control * The MODE MI-COM in this machine does not have a dedicated EEPROM. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 5-2 Major Functions of Each MI-COM (1) FR MI-COM (IC2301 : VIC4) The FR MI-COM. Since a flash ROM is used for the FR MI-COM as a substitute for the EEPROM. MV800 E. MV830i E.

the FR MI-COM generates an error signal to be output to the VIC. DC/DC CONVERTER CAP VS CAP VM DRUM VS DRUM VM DMC III LOAD ON/ UNLOAD FR DERR VIC4 LOAD+/LOADU/V/W IC301 MO DRIVE Ucoil/Vcoil/Wcoil CERR LOADING MOTOR DRUM MOTOR CAPSTAN MOTOR CFG2 DA CFG DA S REEL S REEL Hall SENSOR DA T REEL T REEL Hall SENSOR Fig. Then. which is driven on the MAIN PCB for sending a control voltage to the motor driver IC. MV800 E. the VIC detects the FG/PG and PB-RF signals from the motor. More specifically in terms of signal flow. and sends the detected signal information to the FR MI-COM.MV850i E. and the VIC is used to output rotational speed and phase control signals. Thereafter. the VIC outputs an error signal (PWM). MV830 E. MV830i E. 14 16 . MV800i E. The FR MI-COM is used for servo control of motor ON/OFF and rotational direction. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 5-3 Servo Control Servo control is carried out by the VIC4 (VIC and FR MI-COM).

an image signal produced in the camera section is sent to the memory card via the DIGIC DV. MV800i E. MV830 E. The FR MI-COM performs control of changeover between the card camera mode and the personal computer connection mode. MV830i E. 15 In the card camera mode. the USB terminal and the memory card are connected through the USB controller. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 5-4 Personal Computer Connection Mode (USB) IC1101 SDRAM IC1070 CCD IC1001 TG/CDS AGC/AD/ V-DRIVER Signal flow of (in) Card camera mode IC1103 DIGIC DV Still Picture Signal Processing FR MI-COM MEMORY CARD USB CONTROLER USB TERMINAL Signal flow of (in) Personal computer connection mode Fig.MV850i E. In the personal computer connection mode. 17 . MV800 E.

Error detecting time Starting : 2sec. MV800 E. MV830i E. • Pop up : Error display→error eject → pop up →error clear • Error stop : Error display→STOP position (not cleared unless EJECTED) Cassette in Loading During loading Loading completed During tape running During mode Drum error Pop up Pop up Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop Capstan error Pop up ------- Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop Reel error ------- ------- Error stop Error stop Error stop Error stop Loading error Pop up Pop up Error stop Error stop ------- Error stop 18 . Steady : 0. 5-5-1 Error Detecting Conditions The following table gives error detecting conditions. Capstan error C-FG Steady : 60Hz max. MV790 E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 5-5 Error Detection If an abnormality has been occurred in any rotation drive system (drum.MV850i E. Error detecting time Starting : 5sec. loading). reel. Error detecting mode Starting / steady FG frequency when steady 1347Hz Error detecting level Starting : 80% max. Steady : 30% max. S-REEL FG Normally : The C-FG count per reel FG cycle is C-FG Starting : M ore than 3296 Steady : M ore than 2256 UNLOAD : Reel FG cycle is 1 sec or more (Take-up reel only for both) Loading error Error detecting mode M ode transfer Error detection M ode transfer time M ode SW STANDBY-STOP : 6sec STANDBY-POPUP : 3sec STOP-PLAY : 3sec 5-5-2 Processing after Error Detection The following table gives processing after error detection. a relevant mode enters. capstan. Steady : 2sec. MV800i E. The LCD indicates “PLEASE UNLOAD THE CASSETTE” and blinks “EJECT”. Reel error Error detecting mode Error detection Starting / Normal / UNLOAD T. MV830 E. Kind Drum error Condition Detection Error detecting mode Starting / steady D-FG FG frequency when steady 900Hz Error detecting level Starting: Beyond 80-150%.6sec.

11 1-10 Separation of Recorder Holder ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.19 1-17 Disassembly of LCD Unit .5 1-4 Separation of Front Cover Unit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.17 1-15 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit .14 1-13 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit .12 1-11 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit .33 1-27 Disassembly of Lens Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.18 1-16 Disassembly of Right Cover Unit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.3 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.DISASSEMBLING CONTENTS 1.36 1-29 List of Disassembly Photos ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.35 1-28 List of Screws Used -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.8 1-7 Separation of Left Cover Unit ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.7 1-6 Separation of JACK PCB --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.26 1-22 Disassembly of Rear Cover Unit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.37 .15 1-14 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit .25 1-21 Disassembly of CVF Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.9 1-8 Separation of Camera Unit -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.10 1-9 Separation of MAIN PCB ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.6 1-5 Separation of Rear/CVF Unit ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.24 1-20 Disassembly of LCD Hinge Unit .30 1-25 Disassembly of CVF Unit .4 1-3 Separation of R-LCD Unit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.13 1-12 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit .1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.28 1-24 Disassembly of CVF Unit .2 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.1 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.23 1-19 Disassembly of LCD Hinge Unit .32 1-26 Disassembly of Camera Unit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.27 1-23 Disassembly of CVF Unit .1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.3 1-2 Separation of Top Cover ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.2 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. Disassembling and Reassembling Notes List of Supplies 1-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.21 1-18 Disassembly of LCD Unit .

.

apply the Three Bond 1401C (CY9-8011-000) (4) If any part to be replaced has UL tape attached on it. MV830i E. Refer to the instructions in the disassembly procedure diagram and interconnection diagram for boards. MV800i E. • Lateral engaging connector ( The instructions are given in the disassembly proce- • Lengthwise engaging connector ( The instructions are given in the disassembly proce- dure diagram and board interconnection diagram.) Indicated by → Arrowheads indicate the contacts. (2) The flat cable has a contact orientation to be engaged with the connector. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1.) : Contacts are positioned downward. Metal contact (Pins' face down) Metal contact : Metal contact (Pins' face up) Metal contact : (3) To secure screws.MV850i E. FPC FPC Metal contact Metal contact Lock Unlock 1 . be sure to reattach UL tape at the same position in reassembling. (5) Use the new type connector (MAIN PCB CN102. MV830 E.(1) Notes (1) When replacing the flat cable with a new one. (board side) dure diagram and board interconnection diagram. shafts indicate the noncontacts. and the ∗ : Contacts are positioned upward. CN1200) as illustrated. Disassembling and Reassembling . allow it to remain folded the same as the original part.

16mm. Disassembling and Reassembling .354E DY9-3032-000 General-purpose adhesive tape (W × L × T : 9mm × 50m × 0. 1663G CY9-8129-000 Adhesive Sponge (W × H × T : 300mm × 200mm × 6mm) DY9-4001-000 General-purpose vibration isolating /sound absorbing material Adhesive T ape. No. 501F DY9-3034-000 General-purpose (W × L × T : 10mm × 50m × 0. MV800i E.(2) List of Supplies Item Name Grease FLOIL C-1Z Item Number Purpose Remarks DY9-3039-000 Lubrication DMC III Grease FLOIL 948P DY9-3051-000 Lubrication DMC III Hanarl KS-39M DY9-3053-000 Lubrication Cover Hanarl KS-50M DY9-3047-000 Lubrication DMC III Dia Bond No. MV830i E. Shield (W × H : 250mm × 250mm) double-side-coated adhesive tape DY9-3036-000 General-purpose shield material 2 LCD . MV830 E. No.MV850i E. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1.15mm. UL type) Adhesive T ape. UL type) Sheet.

(2) Reassembling can be made by reversing the disassembling procedures. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-1 Disassembling / Reassembling Flowchart (1) Find the replacement part on the chart. MV800i E. and disassemble it following the instruction on chart. : MAIN FLOW START : SUB FLOW 1-3 R-LCD Unit 1-13 R Key2 PCB : MAIN UNIT 1-14 Speaker 1-15 Right Cover Unit 1-16 R Key1 FPC Ass'y 1-15 LCD Unit 1-17 LCD Hinge Unit 1-18 LCD Ass'y 1-18 Backlight Ass'y 1-4 Front Cover Unit 1-18 LCD PCB 1-5 Rear / CVF Unit 1-21 Rear Unit 1-22 LI PCB 1-22 DC PCB 1-6 Jack PCB 1-21 CVF Unit 1-25 CVF Ass'y 1-25 CVF PCB 1-7 Left Cover Unit 1-12 Operation Key Ass'y 1-8 Camera / Recorder Unit 1-9 Recorder Unit 1-9 Main PCB 1-10 DMC lll 1-8 Camera Unit 1-26 CCD PCB 1-26 CCD Ass'y 1-27 Lens Ass'y END 3 .MV850i E. MV830 E. MV830i E.

slide it in the arrow direction. MV830i E. To detach the Top Cover.5 mm Reference for attachment : ±0.7 Note on Reassembling (1) Note on Reassembling (2) Push in Claw B Part D Part C Push in Top Cover Top Badge Fig.) *Attach double sided tape as illustrated below if a symptom “the TOP BADGE gets loose” is pointed out. Inset the Plastic Plate into the gap part A between the Main Unit and the Top Badge. MV800i E. Tape wrinkles. twists. <Instruction for Supply> Top Cover : Adhesive Tape.5 × 12mm) Do not mount the TOP BADGE at a status riding over the section . (See figure below. (2) When mounting the Top Badge. a 3mm Metal M1. are not allowed.MV850i E. double sided tape is attached on the TOP BADGE mounting section. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-2 Separation of Top Cover (1) Prepare a plastic plate such as shown in the figure below. 1 4 .501F (DY9-3034-000) (1) Top Badge Plastic Plate (2) .5 mm Double Sided Tape (1. and lift it up for removal.a Insert (1) Claws B Top Cover Part A (2) Note Reference for attachment : ±0. etc. MV830 E. and push in the claw part B. even if they are not on products sold soon after put on market first. No. Note : *Only for products sold soon after put on market first. (2) Remove one screw (a × 1). insert the part C. folds. insert the part D and push it in the arrow direction. slide it in the arrow direction while releasing the claw B. <Note on Reassembling> (1) When mounting the Top Cover.

c LCD a Metal M1.7 (self tap) Metal M1. Then.c b 3mm R-LCD Unit d c 4mm 4.a (1) (1) .b (1) .MV850i E. MV830 E.7 5.7 (1) . MV830i E. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-3 Separation of R-LCD Unit (1) Open the LCD Unit and the Cassette Cover. c × 1. and detach the R-LCD Unit.a (2) (1) Cassette Cover (1) .5mm Metal M1.a .d (1) . 2 5 (1) . b × 2. (2) Disconnect the CN102.7 (self tap) Fig. remove seven screws (a × 3. d × 1).b (1) .5mm Metal M1. CN102 (1) .a (1) . MV800i E.

3 6 . (2) Open the Cassette Cover. e × 1).e Metal M1. Part A Tweezers Lift up Front Cover Unit (2) (1) (1) CN2 CN701 (2) . and detach the Front Cover Unit while lifting up the part A with tweezers.830i E. remove two screws (a × 1.7 Fig.7 5mm Metal M1. MV830i E.MV850i E.830 E Only) and CN701. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Mount the Front Cover Unit as shown in the figure below.a (2) Note on Reassembling (1) Front Cover Unit Insert into the Left Cover Unit. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-4 Separation of Front Cover Unit (1) Disconnect the CN2 (MV850i E. MV830 E. a e 3mm Open (2) . MV800i E.

attach the part A and push in the part B while taking care not to damage the FPC and cable.MV850i E. and remove three screws (a × 1. d × 2). 4 7 . CN1501. CN3201 and CN3202. MV800i E. MV830i E. connect the CN100.d B A (2) .a CN100 (2) B (3) CN3201 (3) (3) (3) Note on Reassembling (1) Part B Part CVF Inner (1) Rear/CVF Unit Rear/CVF Unit LI Cover (2) .7 (self tap) (2) .) a d 3mm Metal M1. (3) Disconnect the CN100. (Don’t insert a cable with a Left Cover and a Reae Cover. (2) Draw out the CVF Inner part.d (2) . MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-5 Separation of Rear/CVF Unit (1) Detach the LI Cover. Then.d A CN3202 (3) (2) . CN3201 and CN3202. <Note on Reassembling> (1) When mounting the Rear/CVF Unit.5mm Metal M1. with the Rear/CVF Unit tilted. Then.7 CN1501 5.a Part A Fig. MV830 E. detach the Rear/CVF Unit.

<Note on Reassembling> (1) Mount the JACK-MAIN FPC in the orientation indicated in the figure below. (1) Remove two screws (a × 2). MV800i E. and remove the JACK-MAIN FPC from the JACK PCB.a CN1 3mm JACK-MAIN FPC Metal M1. Note on Reassembling (1) To MAIN PCB CN2101 To JACK PCB CN1 SW 1 (1) JACK PCB (1) (2) CN2101 a (1) . 5 8 . MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-6 Separation of JACK PCB Note : Before mounting or removal of the JACK PCB. disconnect the CN2101. (2) Disconnect the CN1. and detach the JACK PCB. MV830i E. MV830 E.MV850i E. be sure to close the Cassette Cover so as not to damage SW1.7 Fig.

830i E. 6 9 . Note : Secure the FPC of the Operation Key Ass’y to the Main Holder with Opreration Key FPC Tape (4 × 10mm). MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-7 Separation of Left Cover Unit (1) Disconnect the CN101. MV800i E.830i E.a 3mm Metal M1.a Note on Reassembling (2) Note on Reassembling (1) MV850i E.a OPERATION KEY FPC Tape (1) CN101 (2) a (2) .MV850i E. 830 E only OPERATION KEY FPC Tape (4 × 10mm) CN101 Reference for attachment : ±0. peel off the Operation Key FPC Tape.7 (2) . and detach the Left Cover Unit.830 E only) (2) Remove two screws (a × 2). (2) Attach the Operation Key FPC Tape to the position indicated in the figure below. (MV850i E.830i E. <Note on Reassembling> (1) When mounting the Left Cover Unit. MV830i E.830 E only) Left Cover Unit (2) . insert the part A of the Cassette Arm Unit into the underside of the Main Holder.5mm Part A Fig.(MV850i E. MV830 E.

7 Stepped Screw CN1200 CN1001 Fig. MV830 E.5mm Metal M1. MV800i E.f f 4. MV830i E. disconnect the CN1001 and CN1200.f (1) (1) (1) .MV850i E. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-8 Separation of Camera Unit (1) Remove two screws (f × 2). Camera Unit (1) . 7 10 . and then detach the Camera Unit.

attach two UL tape strips as instructed in the figure below.7 HA Shield CN301 CN2000 (2) MAIN PCB (2) . <Note on Reassembling> (1) Attach the UL tape to the position indicated in the figure below. MV830i E. No float of Drum FPC. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-9 Separation of MAIN PCB (1) Peel off the UL tape. MV800i E. PM Shield Note on Reassembling (1) Use the UL tape supplied as a service part (DY9-3032-000. and disconnect the CN300. Then. It bends so that end of a holder may not be contacted. detach the MAIN PCB. (3) Remove the HA Shield and PM Shield from the MAIN PCB. and detach the CCD Shield. 9 mm wide) No contact of CCD FPC and CCD SHIELD.a (3) Attach upon folding the Drum FPC. MV830 E. 8 11 Reference for attachment : ±1mm CCD Shield . UL Tape (15 × 20mm) CCD Shield (1) (1) CN303 a CN302 3mm (3) CN300 Metal M1. When using UL tape supplied as a service part (DY9-3032-000. CN301. CN303 and CN2000. 9 mm wide). (2) Remove two screws (a × 2).MV850i E. CN302. UL Tape (15 × 20mm) 20 9 9 15 Reference for attachment : ±1mm Fig.

MV800i E. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-10 Separation of Recorder Holder (1) Remove three screws (g × 3).g Insulation Rubber (1) . <Instruction for Supply> Entire surface of Insulation Rubber: Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000) Entire surface of Lens Absorber : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000) Lens Absorber (2) Sheet (2) (2) Insulation Rubber Spring (1) DMC III (1) . (2) Mount the Spring to the position indicated in the figure below. and Insulation Rubber.g g Recorder Holder 3. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Attach the Sheet to the position indicated in the figure below.MV850i E. MV830i E. (2) Detach the Lens Absorber and Sheet from the Recorder Holder. 9 12 Reference for attachment . MV830 E.4 Stepped Screw Insulation Rubber Instruction for Supply (1) . (3) Attach the UL tape to the position indicated in the figure below. Recorder Holder.g Insulation Rubber Note on Reassembling (1) Sheet Note on Reassembling (2) UL Tape (9 × 25mm) Lens Absorber Hanarl KS-39M Note on Reassembling (3) Loading Motor Conceal the holes for screws Spring Fig. and then detach the Spring.4mm Metal M1.

h (3) JACK Cover (3) . (Refer to the parts list on p.1 Note : In component sales supply. engage the claw A with the dowels B with the Cassette Arm open.h Note on Reassembling (2) (3) . <Note on Reassembling> (1) When mounting the Cassette Arm. Cassette Cover Strap (2) . (2) Attach the JACK Cover as shown in the figure below. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-11 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit .MV850i E. MV830 E. secure the Cassette Cover with the screws. (3) Remove six screws (b × 6). (2) Remove four screws (h × 4). and open the Cassette Arm to a small extent.) (1) Remove the Strap.5mm Metal M1.7 (self tap) Cassette Arm Ass'y Fig. 10 13 2mm Metal M1. and detach the Cassette Cover while sliding the claw A downward. 4. the Left Cover Unit and the Operation key Ass'y are available.h Claw A (2) Operation Key Ass'y FPC Dowels B (2) . MV830i E.b (3) (2) . and detach the Cassette Arm Ass'y and the JACK Cover. Then. MV800i E. take care not to pinch the flexible cable of the Operation Key Ass'y.b JACK Cover Cassette Arm Ass'y Insert b h 4. (3) When mounting the Cassette Cover.7 .

and detach the Operation Key Ass'y.MV850i E. and detach the Hand Strap.7 (self tap) Fig. 11 14 . MV830 E.2 Note : In component sales supply. MV830i E. MV800i E. Hand Strap (2) Operation Key Ass'y (1) (1) . (Refer to the parts list on P.b Shaft Left Cover b 4. the Left Cover Unit and the Operation key Ass'y are available.4. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-12 Disassembly of Left Cover Unit . (2) Remove the Shaft.) (1) Remove three screws (b × 3).5mm Metal M1.

MV850i E.7 . MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-13 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit . j × 1). and then detach the R Key 2 PCB.7 (self tap) UL Tape (9 × 25mm) Fig. (2) Remove three screws (i × 2. disconnect the CN100 and CN103. and then remove the R Key 2 FPC.i CN101 (2) . (1) Solder α LCD FPC Ass'y Solder α A A B CN100 B CN103 (2) (2) (2) (3) (2) . MV800i E.i (2) .j R Key2 PCB (3) i R Key2 FPC j 2. MV830 E.1 (1) Desolder at four points (α).5mm 4mm Metal M1. (3) Detach the UL tape and CN101 from the R Key 2 PCB. 12 15 Metal M1. MV830i E.

Note on Reassembling (1) Note on Reassembling (2) UL Tape (9 × 25mm) Attach away from the mark Dowels A LCD FPC Ass'y CN101 Bend R Key 2 FPC To CN101 MAIN PCB DH2-5316-000 Insert R-KEY Note on Reassembling (4) Lib B CN100 Black Open Switch R Key2 PCB Yellow White Speaker Red Fig. fold the top end part of the LCD FPC Ass'y as shown in the figure below and engage it with the dowel A securely. (3) Be sure to insert the flexible cable into the CN103.MV850i E. MV830 E. MV830i E. Insert the folded part under the R Key 1 PCB. fold the R Key 2 FPC. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING <Note on Reassembling> (1) Insert the R Key 2 FPC into the CN101. and secure it with the UL tape (9 × 25) so that it will not be unseated. (2) When mounting the R Key 2 PCB. 13 16 . run the red-white wire under the rib B so as to hold down the blackyellow wire. MV800i E. (4) In the wiring arrangement of the Open Switch and Speaker. Then.

5 rotatable.5mm Metal M1. Fig. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Combine the Tripod Base with the Cassette Lock Ass'y.MV850i E. remove one screw (c × 1).7 Cassette Lock Ass'y Note on Reassembling (2) Note on Reassembling (1) Section bent downward must not touch the Tripod Base. k × 1).k c (2) k d 4mm Metal M1. and then detach the Blindfold Cover. (2) Attach the UL tape to the position indicated in the figure below. MV830i E.5mm Metal M1. and Speaker. 14 17 . When mounting the Cassette Lock Ass'y. (2) Remove three screws (d × 2.d 5.c (1) (1) Speaker Blindfold Cover UL Tape (9 × 23mm) (2) (2) . Must not touch soldering.7 (2) . Reference for It should not be movable nor attachment : ±0. Cassette Lock Ass'y Tripod Base C Eject Knob Notch Attach UL Tape (9 × 23mm) avoiding twist and wrinkle. MV830 E. Tripod Base. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-14 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit . 2 half punched-out sections of Cassette Lock will press the UL Tape attached section to fasten Speaker.7 (self tap) Tripod Base 2. MV800i E. After mounting Cassette Lock Ass'y. and then detach the Cassette Lock Ass'y.d (2) (2) .2 (1) Open the LCD. LCD Unit (1) . slide it to a small extent so that the Open Eject Knob is engaged with its cutout part. UL Tape. Attach according to profile of positioning rib of Speaker.

and detach the Open Switch.5mm Claw A Metal M1. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Mount the RH Cover by running the LCD FPC Ass'y through the part B as shown in the figure below. 15 18 . engage the claws A with the LCD Unit open.3 (1) Disengage the claws A. Note LCD Unit Right Cover Unit Lever parts of Switch (2) RH Cover (2) . MV830 E. (2) Remove one screw (d × 1). MV800i E. and detach the RH Cover and LCD Unit. MV830i E.d (2) Claw A d (1) 5.7 (self tap) Open Switch Note on Reassembling (1) Note on Reassembling (2) Claws A RH Cover Open Switch Part B LCD FPC Ass'y Fig. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-15 Disassembly of R-LCD Unit .MV850i E. (2) When mounting the Open Switch. Note : Take care not to damage the lever part of the Open Switch.

MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-16 Disassembly of Right Cover Unit (1) Open the Card Cover. <Instruction for Supply> Panel Hook : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000) R Key1 FPC Ass'y R Key1 FPC Holder Card Cover (2) (2) . MV830i E. (4) Disengage the claw A. MV800i E. Note : Take care not to lose the Spring.i (1) (5) Claw A RD Key Knob (4) (1) Panel Hook (3) C Eject Knob Shaft Instruction for Supply Spring (3) . and detach the C Eject Knob. MV830 E.7 (self tap) Hanarl KS-39M Fig. 16 19 . Spring and Panel Hook. (5) Remove the RD Key Knob. and detach the Card Cover and the Shaft.i Panel Look Holder i 4mm Panel Hook Metal M1. (2) Remove three screws (i × 3). (3) Remove two screws (i × 2). and then detach the Panel Lock Holder. and then detach the R Key 1 FPC Holder and the R Key 1 FPC Ass'y.MV850i E.

MV850i E. (2) After mounting the Panel Hook and the Panel Lock Holder. push in the Spring as shown in the figure below. be sure to engage the dowel B. allow it to fold at the position shown in the figure below. (3) Before using the R Key 1 FPC Ass'y supplied as a service part. MV830 E. be sure to close it. MV800i E. Note on Reassembling (1) Note on Reassembling (3) Dowel B Dowel B C Eject Knob Note on Reassembling (2) Dowels B Spring Folding in a crest form Panel Lock Holder Fig. When mounting it. 17 20 . (4) After attaching the Card Cover. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING <Note on Reassembling> (1) Mount the C Eject Knob in the orientation indicated in the figure below. MV830i E.

MV850i E. LCD Bottom Cover LCD Hinge Unit LCD Cover Sheet (3) (2) (1) .5mm Claw D Metal M1.l Claw A CN901 CN902 Claw C (2) (1) . E and F (6 positions). disengage the claws A and B and then slide it in the claw-E/F direction. detach the LCD Top Cover. 18 21 .l (3) Claw E (1) Claw B Claw F l 3. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-17 Disassembly of LCD Unit . MV830i E. and disengage the claws A. take care not to flaw the Cover. (3) Detach the LCD Bottom Cover and the LCD Cover Sheet. B.1 (1) Remove two screws (l × 2). MV800i E.7 LCD Top Cover Fig. MV830 E. and then detach the LCD Hinge Unit. (2) Disconnect the CN901 and CN902. Then. Since the claws are hard. D. C. Note : When detaching the LCD Top Cover.

MV790 E DISASSEMBLING <Note on Reassembling> (1) Attach the LCD Cover Sheet as shown in the figure below. (3) Attach the LCD Top Cover as shown in the figure below.MV850i E. MV830 E. Cover LCD Holder Clearance from the bottom plane for the LCD Bottom Cover : 1. (2) Run the cable of the Back Light Ass'y through the groove of the rib G of the LCD Bottom Cover. and then push in the LCD Top Cover in such a manner as to engage the claws C and D and the claws A and B in succession. MV800i E.5 mm or less LCD Bottom Cover Note on Reassembling (2) LCD Bottom Cover Note on Reassembling (3) Claw B Push in the LCD Top Cover. 19 22 . Note on Reassembling (1) Positioning over the step is allowed unless the screw hole is covered. MV830i E. Fig.5 mm or less Clearance from the bottom plane for the LCD Bottom Cover : 1. LCD Top Cover Claw D Lib G Claw A Claw F Claw C Claw E LCD PCB Cable Engage the claws E and F. Center positioning with respect to LCD Bottom Cover the cutout part of the LDC Holder Butt-joined to rib LCD Bottom Butt-joined to rib LCD Holder Cover the cutout part completely.

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E
DISASSEMBLING

1-18 Disassembly of LCD Unit - 2
(1) Remove one screw (l × 1), and desolder at two points (α). Then, from the LCD Holder, detach the LCD PCB, Back Light Ass'y, and
LCD Ass'y.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Treat the cable of the Back Light Ass'y as shown in the figure below. After soldering, be sure to secure the cable with adhesive.
<Instruction for Supply>
Back Light Ass'y : Dia Bond 1663G (CY9-8129-000)

LCD Holder
LCD Ass'y

Back Light Ass'y

LCD PCB

(1) - α

(1)

l
3.5mm

(1) - α

Metal
M1.7

(1) - l

Note on Reassembling (1)
Solder
Instruction for Supply
(Soldering height : 1.05 mm or less)

Use your fingers when folding
the Dumet wire of the
Back Light Ass'y.
(Do not use such a tool as
long-not pliers or tweezers.)

Solder
(Soldering height :
1.05 mm or less)

Fig. 20

23

Dia Bond

Cable

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E
DISASSEMBLING

1-19 Disassembly of LCD Hinge Unit - 1
(1) Turn the Hinge Bracket through an angle of 90º, and remove two screws (k × 2).
(2) Disengage the claws A, and detach the Hinge Top Cover and the Hinge Bottom Cover.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) When attaching the Hinge Bottom Cover, run the LCD FPC over the rib as shown in the figure below.

Hinge Bottom Cover
LCD FPC Ass'y
Claws A

(2)

Hinge Top Cover
(1)
Hinge Bracket

(2)

(1) - k

k

Note on Reassembling (1)
2.5mm

Metal
M1.7

LCD Bottom Cover

Rib
LCD FPC Ass'y

Fig. 21

24

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E
DISASSEMBLING

1-20 Disassembly of LCD Hinge Unit - 2
(1) Remove one screw (k × 1), and detach the LCD FPC Ass'y.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) When using the LCD FPC Ass'y supplied as a service part, put "1" and "2", "3" and "4", and "5" and "6" on each other in a paired
form ("2", "4", and "6" shall be at the upper positions), and secure them with double sided tape on the FPC. Then, fold the FPC at
"7" and "8", and secure them with the double sided tape on the FPC.
(2) Wind the LCD FPC Ass'y 2 and 1/2 turns at the illustrated status, and fasten the Switch section by screws. The FPC must not be
wound on other then the switch section.
<Instruction for Supply>
(1) LCD FPC Ass’y winding section : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3047-000)

k

Instruction for Supply

2.5mm

(1) - k

Metal
M1.7

LCD FPC Ass'y
Hanarl
KS-39M

(1)

Note on Reassembling (1)
Double Sided Tape

LCD FPC Ass'y
Double Sided Tape
9

5

Double Sided Tape
6

Double Sided Tape

1

3
4
2

7

8

Double Sided Tape (Back side)
Note on Reassembling (2)

Folding in a
crest form
Folding in a
trough form

Do not involve flexible cable when
tightening by screws.

Switch section

Wind 2 1/2 turns
Fig. 22

25

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E
DISASSEMBLING

1-21 Disassembly of CVF Unit
Note : After separating the CVF Inner part of the CVF Unit from the Rear Cover Unit, do not draw it out excessively as
shown in the figure below. Otherwise, the connector or flexible cable may be damaged.
(1) Remove one screw (b × 1), and detach the Rear Cover Unit from the CVF Unit.

CVF Unit

(1) - b

Rear Cover Unit

b
(1)

4.5mm
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Note
CVF Unit

CVF Inner Section

Drawable until locking
is made with a click

Fig. 23

26

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E
DISASSEMBLING

1-22 Disassembly of Rear Cover Unit
Note : In component sales supply, the Rear Cover Unit, LI PCB and DC PCB are available.
(Refer to the parts list on P.12.)
(1) Disengage the claw A, and remove the P-Mode Knob.
(2) Remove two screws (b × 2), disconnect the CN11, and detach the LI PCB, LI-MAIN FPC, SD Card Sheet.
Note : The shape of the LI-MAIN FPC (8 pins) of models not provided with memory card slots is slightly different from
that illustrated below.
(3) Remove one screw (b × 1), and detach the DC PCB.
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Treat the DC Cable and the Battery Terminal Cable as shown in the figure below.
(2) Attach the SD Card Sheet to the position indicated in the figure below. (MV850i E,830i E,830 E only)
(3) Mount the P-Mode Knob in the orientation indicated in the figure below.

Note on Reassembling (3)
LI PCB
P-Mode Knob

Rear Cover
(2)
P-Mode Knob

LI-MAIN FPC
(2) - b

(1)

(2)

Claw A

MV850i E, 830i E,
830 E only
(3)

(2)

b
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

DC PCB

CN11

4.5mm

SD Card Sheet

(2) - b

Note on Reassembling (1)
Insert between the ribs.

LI PCB

Note on Reassembling (2)

(3) - b

MV850i E, 830i E,
830 E only

SD Card Sheet
Run under the rib.
Reference for
attachment :
+1.0 mm

Batt Terminal
Cable

DC Cable

Insert between the ribs.

LI MAIN-FPC

27

Reference for
attachment : +1.0 mm

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E
DISASSEMBLING

1-23 Disassembly of CVF Unit - 1
(1) Peel off the UL tape, and draw out the CVF FPC from the parts A and B.
(2) Draw out the CVF Inner part, and disconnect the CN4101. Detach the CVF FPC from the part C.
(3) Remove one screw (i × 1), and detach the Click Spring.
(4) Detach the Dust Cover (secured with double sided tape).
(5) Peel off the CVF CU tape.

CVF Inner Part
CVF FPC
Part C
Part B

(2)

Part A

CVF CU Tape
(12 × 24mm)

(4)
CN4101
Dust Cover

(5)

(2)

CVF Cover

(1)

UL Tape (9 × 25mm)
(3)

i
4mm
Metal
M1.7
(self tap)

Click Spring
(3) - i
Fig. 25

28

MV850i E, MV830i E, MV830 E, MV800i E, MV790 E
DISASSEMBLING
<Note on Reassembling>
(1) Attach the CVF FPC as shown in the figure below.
(2) Attach the CVF CU tape to the position indicated in the figure below.
<Instruction for Supply>
Rail part of CVF Cover, 10 points : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000)

Note on Reassembling (1)
CN4101

UL Tape (9 × 25mm)
Attachment

Push in

CVF FPC
Insert
Insert

Instruction for Supply

Note on Reassembling (2)
Reference for attachment :
±1mm

A hole is not
plugged up.

Sliding parts of rail
Hanarl : KS-39M

Fig. 26

29

Reference for
attachment :
±1mm

MV830i E. MV800i E. turn up the part A. 27 30 . (2) Detach the Diopter Knob. (1) . MV830 E.MV850i E. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-24 Disassembly of CVF Unit .i CVF Gap Cover (1) Absorber Diopter Knob (2) Claws B A (1) (2) CVF Inner Eyecup (3) (2) Eyepiece Lens CVF Lens Holder i CVF Inner section 4mm Metal M1.2 (1) Remove one screw (i × 1). and CVF Lens Holder.7 (self tap) Fig. (3) Disengage two claws B. Absorber. and then detach the CVF Gap Cover and the CVF Inner Eyecup. Note : When detaching the CVF Inner Eyecup. and demount the Eyepiece Lens.

MV800i E. MV830 E. 28 31 .MV850i E. be careful not to mistake the orientation of the lens. Fig. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING <Note on Reassembling> (1) When mounting the Lens of the CVF Lens Holder. <Instruction for Supply> Upper surface of Rubber : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000) Note on Reassembling (1) Note on Reassembling (2) Diopter Knob CVF Lens Holder Instruction for Supply Upper surface of Rubber Hanarl : KS-39M CVF Inner section Eyepiece Lens CVF Lens Holder Note on Reassembling (3) CVF Inner Eyecup CVF Inner Eyecup Rib C CVF Inner section Claw D Insert the claw D first. (3) Mount the CVF Inner Eyecup onto the CVF Inner part as shown in the figure below. and then attach the rib part C. MV830i E. (2) When mounting the Diopter Knob. engage the dowel of the CVF Lens Holder as shown in the figure below.

(3) Disconnect the CN4102.3 (1) Disengage four claws A. and detach the CVF Ass'y. <Note on Reassembling> (1) Run the flexible cable of the CVF Ass'y under the rib of the CVF Inner Cover as shown in the figure below. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-25 Disassembly of CVF Unit . MV830i E. MV800i E. 29 32 Rib . <Instruction for Supply> Sliding rail part in the inside of CVF Inner Cover. and then detach the part between the CVF PCB and CVF Mask inclusive. 8 points : Hanarl KS-39M (DY9-3053-000) Claws A Claws A CVF Inner Cover Plate Mask CN4102 CVF Ass'y Cushion (3) (1) Diffuser (2) CVF Reflector Claws B CVF PCB Note on Reassembling (1) Instruction for Supply Area of sliding rail part Hanarl : KS-39M Sliding rail part Hanarl : KS-39M Sliding rail part Hanarl : KS-39M Fig. MV830 E.MV850i E. (2) Disengage two claws B. and then detach the CVF Reflector from the CVF PCB.

CCD FPC tape. and then detach the CCD FPC. MV800i E.d (4) Lens (3) Face thick side toward CCD side CCD FPC Parts A CCD IR Filter CCD PCB Fig. CD Ass’y. CCD PCB. (4) Desolder at the part A. remove two screws (d × 2).7 (self tap) (3) (3) . MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-26 Disassembly of Camera Unit (1) Peel off the CCD FPC tape and UL tape. MV830 E. 30 33 CCD FPC Tape (10 × 20mm) .5mm (4) (3) Metal M1. and detach the CCD Ass'y from the CCD PCB. Rubber.MV850i E. (3) Disconnect the CN1070. (2) Detach the Lens Rubber. and IR Filter. CCD FPC Tape (10 × 20mm) UL Tape (25 × 40mm) Lens Rubber (1) Lens Unit (2) IR Filter Rubber CCD Ass'y CCD PCB CN1070 d 5. MV830i E.

MV830i E. 9 mm wide) 40 0.0 mm Attach the CCD CU tape so as to cover the patterned side of the CCD FPC completely.MV850i E. Note on Reassembling (3) Use of UL tape supplied as a service part (DY9-3032-000. When using UL tape supplied as a service part (DY9-3032-000. MV830 E.5 mm CCD FPC Tape CCD UL Tape CCD FPC Attach the UL tape so that its end will be equally distributed on both sides of the lens axis Reference for attachment : ±1. Reference for attachment Reference for attachment Fig. (2) Attach the CCD FPC tape to the position indicated in the figure below. 31 34 9 9 9 25 . MV790 E DISASSEMBLING <Note on Reassembling> (1) Before soldering on the CCD PCB. secure the CCD Ass’y to the CCD PCB with two screws (d × 2). MV800i E. (3) Attach the UL tape to the position indicated in the figure below. 9 mm wide). Note on Reassembling (2) CCD FPC Tape Reference for attachment : ±0.5 mm or more Attach the UL tape in an overlapped form on the IG meter to meet its configuration. attach three UL tape strips as instructed in the figure below.

i PZ Motor (1) . (1) . (2) Desolder at the point α. MV830i E.i (2) . and than detach the IG Meter Ass'y. 32 35 i 4mm Metal M1.α AF Motor (2) (1) .i (1) .α (2) .MV850i E. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-27 Disassembly of Lens Unit (1) Remove six screws (i × 6). and detach the PZ Motor and AF Motor.i IG Meter Ass'y (2) .7 (self tap) .i Fig. MV800i E. MV830 E.α (1) (2) .α (1) .

5mm j DA3-2388-000 5mm k XA1-7170-257 M1.5mm (Metal) M1.7-3.0mm (Metal) Stepped Screw M1.7-2.4-3.7-2.5mm (Metal) 2.4mm 2mm 4mm Serration Screw M1.0mm (Metal) Self Tap M1. MV830i E.0mm (Metal) Self Tap M1.5mm .5mm (Metal) 3. MV800i E.5mm (Metal) M1.4mm (Metal) M1. a XA1-7170-307 b XA4-9170-457 c XA1-7170-407 d XA4-9170-557 e XA1-7170-507 f DA3-1026-000 REMARKS M1.7-5.7-4.0mm (Metal) 3.7-3. 3mm g XA9-1167-000 4.5mm (Metal) 2.5mm l XA1-7170-357 M1.7-4. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING PARTS NO.7-5. MV830 E.5mm (Metal) ILLUST SYMBOL SYMBOL 1-28 List of Screws Used PARTS NO.7-4.5mm h XA1-7170-207 4mm i XA4-9170-407 5.0mm (Metal) Self Tap M1.MV850i E.7-2.5mm 4.7-4.5mm 36 REMARKS ILLUST Stepped Screw M1.

MV850i E. MV800i E. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING 1-29 List of Disassembly Photos The photos are for a model provided with memory card slots. Right Cover Unit Right Side Front Unit * CVF/Rear Unit Camera/Recorder Unit Left Unit/Jack PCB 37 . MV830i E. Models not provided with memory card slots are slightly different from the photo marked “*”. MV830 E.

MV850i E. MV800i E. MV830i E. MV830 E. MV790 E DISASSEMBLING * Rear Cover Unit LCD Unit LCD HINGE Unit Camera Unit 38 .

1 1-1 List of Maintenance Tools -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. Description of Service Modes -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.12 4-6-3 FR MI-COM Input Port ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.22 5-6 Recorder Section Adjustment --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.17 5-3-2 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing -------------------------------------------------------------------------.20 5-4-5 WB Adjustment (3) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.22 5-5-1 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation (AUTO) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------.15 5-2-2 Cam Correction (AUTO) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.1 2.20 5-4-4 WB Adjustment (2) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.13 5-1-1 Indication in Service Mode -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.12 5.5 3-1 Outline ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.3 2-3 Setting B ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.2 2-2 Setting A ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.13 5-1 Adjustment Items in Part Replacement ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. Maintenance Tools ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.18 5-4 Camera Section Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.20 5-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.10 4-5 Checking the Lens Resetting --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.17 5-3-1 GYRO OFFSET Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.6 3-4 Indication in Service Mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.23 5-6-3 Automatic Adjustment of Reel FG ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.25 5-8 Tape Path Adjustment -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.14 5-2 AF Section Adjustment ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT CONTENTS 1.7 4.2 2-1 How to use extension connector MV800i E. Service Modes -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.23 5-6-1 SWP Adjustment -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.11 4-6 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------.5 3-2 How to Change Over to Service Mode -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. Adjustment Procedures -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.23 5-6-2 C.19 5-4-2 WB Adjustment (1) --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.9 4-2-1 Mechanical Error Normal Mode -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.10 4-4 Commands Particular to Camera ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.11 4-6-1 MODE MI-COM Input Port ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.5 3-3 How to Operate Wireless Remote Controller in Service Mode -------------------------------------------------------------------.21 5-4-6 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing -------------------------------------------------------------------------.24 5-6-4 Flash Memory Writing ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.11 4-6-2 MODE MI-COM A/D Port -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.26 .4 3. FG Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. MV800 E.8 4-1 Error Rate --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.19 5-4-1 Iris Adjustment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. MV830i E.15 5-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. MV790 E --------------------------------------------------------------.2 2-1 How to use extension connector MV850i E.24 5-7 Setting for Asia or Oceania ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. Setting ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.8 4-2 Mechanical Error Indication -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.12 4-6-4 FR MI-COM A/D Port ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.21 5-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.16 5-3 IS Section Adjustment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.9 4-3 Cleaning Mode ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. MV830 E -------------------------------------------------------------.

.

Maintenance Tools 1-1 List of Maintenance Tools Item Name Item Number Alignment T ape. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 1. MV830i E. CCA W12ø46mm DY9-2046-000 Camera electrical adjustment Cassette for changeover to service mode DY9-1386-000 Service mode. MV790 E . MV830 E. MV800 E. remote control DY9-1394-000 beam sense 1 NEW MV800i E. (Color bar master/PAL) Purpose Remarks DY9-1381-000 Recorder electrical adjustment Alignment T ape (tracking) DY9-1379-000 Running adjustment DMC III Cassette T orque Gauge for DV DY9-1346-000 Running adjustment DMC III DV Cleaning T ape (hard) DY9-1384-000 Head cleaning DMC III Driver bit for tape path adjustment DY9-2053-000 T ape path adjustment DMC III Color bar chart DY9-2002-000 Camera electrical adjustment Color Viewer 5600° K for 220V DY9-2039-220 Camera electrical adjustment (for 220V) Color Viewer 5600° K for 240V DY9-2039-240 Camera electrical adjustment (for 240V) Lamp for Color Viewer 5600K DY9-2040-000 Replacement Filter.MV850i E. electrical adjustment EXT ENSION CONNECT OR (30pin) AD-1572 DY9-1398-000 T est pin extended Extension connector (24 pins) with remote control beam sensor T est pin extension. MV800 E. MV800i E.

MV830i E. MV830i E. (3) Adjustments related to DMC-III other than Tracking adjustment. A8 DY9-1398-000 Signal Designation SWP A9 GND A10 PBRF DY9-1394-000 Fig. MV830 E (1) Remove the BLINDFOLD COVER. Note : Do not mistake the connecting direction. The extension connector (DY9-1394-000) is connected for receiving the optical signal from the remote controller. MV800i E. Setting (1) Adjustments other than DMC-III : Perform adjustments in the product state. (2) Connect the extension connector (DY9-1398-000) to service connector CN2900 <Signal> Extension Connector (DY9-1398-000) Pin No. (2) Connect the extension connector (DY9-1398-000) to service connector CN2900 (3) Connect the extension connector (DY9-1394-000) to the connector installed on the end of extension connector (DY9-1398000). A8 Signal Designation SWP A9 GND A10 PBRF DY9-1398-000 Fig.MV850i E. <Signal> Extension Connector (DY9-1398-000) Pin No. MV800 E. 1-A 2-1 How to use extension connector MV800i E. MV830 E. MV790 E (1) Remove the BLINDFOLD COVER. 2-1 How to use extension connector MV850i E. tape path system check and tape path system cleaning : Perform them with the Setting B. (2) Tracking adjustment (DMC-III) and Envelope check : Perform them with the Setting A. MV800 E. 1-B 2 . MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 2.

MV850i E. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 2-2 Setting A (1) Remove the CASSETTE COVER referring to Fig. Note : When the tracking adjustment is going to be performed. (2) While observing a PB-RF signal. 2 3 . MV800 E. (a) (b) CASSETTE COVER ADJUSTMENT DRIVER ×2 ×2 Fig. MV830i E.26. MV830 E. adjust the post to eliminate fluctuations of the envelope. refer to “5-8 Tape Path Adjustment” on p. 2 (a). MV800i E.

For mode transition. The FRONT COVER UNIT need not be connected. FRONT COVER UNIT. MV830 E. (See 2-1 : How to use extension connector. use the wireless remote controller. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 2-3 Setting B (1) Remove the TOP COVR. MV830i E. REAR COVER UNIT.MV790 E.3. use an extension connector. MV800i E.MV850i E. Note 2 : For observing the PB-RF signal. RIGHT COVER UNIT. use the switch concerned on JACK PCB. connect the required cables. In case of MV800i E. MV800 E. LEFT COVER UNIT referring to “Disassembling”. MONITOR TV WIRELESS CONTROLLER LEFT COVER UNIT FRONT COVER UNIT JACK PCB EJECT SWITCH JACK PCB CN1 JACK PCB CN2 ZR100 A.MV800i E.MV790 E is connection needlessness REAR COVER UNIT MAIN PCB CN2101 MAIN PCB CN101 MAIN PCB CN3201 CA-570 Fig. Note 1 : Referring to Fig.MV800 E. MV800 E.) Note 3 : For ejection. 3 4 .

* The remote controller code setting on the DVC main Fig. MV830 E. (4) In the service mode. Fig. SERVICE MODE” is removed. 1-B. As long as power is ON. MV800 E.MV790 E. disconnect and then re-connect that battery to dependably exit the service mode.MV800 E. 1 on p. safety functions such as for mechanical error detection. SERVICE MODE: DY9-1386-000) is required in addition to the wireless remote controller. and load its contents. As long as the power supply is ON. changeover of the main unit operation mode can be handled using the keys on the main unit and the remote control mode 1. * To changeover to Remote controller code 2. (To be used in remote control code 2) * Transfer to the service mode is impossible by the remote controller furnished with this product. a dedicated tool (CASSETTE. press “Remote controller setting” and “Zoom T” keys si- DY9-1386-000 multaneously for 2 sec.MV850i E.MV790 E. * Pressing the “SLOW” key performs the changeover to the normal mode from the service mode. (5) In the service mode. 5 . * In case of MV800i E. the LCD mirror function is canceled. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 3. 1-B. also mount the extension connector (DY9-1398-000) and extension connector with remote control beam sensor (DY9-1394-000) referring to Fig. Example : WL-D84 Use a remote controller furnished with a conventional product (2) For changeover to the service mode. (3) Now the changeover to the service mode has been completed and the SERVICE MODE appears on the screen. (3) Mode changeover is available between the service mode and the normal mode using the “Audio dubbing” and “SLOW” keys of the wireless remote controller. 5 After the end of repair resorting to the service mode with the lithium backup battery kept mounted. (6) In the service mode. MV800i E. also mount the extension connector (DY9-1398-000) and extension connector with remote control beam sensor (DY9-1394-000) referring to Fig. (2) Press the “Dubbing” key on the wireless remote controller that is set at Remote controller code 2. engage 2 extension connectors. the service mode is available even if the “CASSETTE. 2.MV800 E. 3-2 How to Change Over to Service Mode (1) Referring to Fig. MV830i E. 4 unit is operable both at remote controller codes 1 and 2. the service mode is available by setting the “Audio dubbing” key even if the cassette for transfer to service mode is removed. DEW detection and low voltage detection are canceled. * In case of MV800i E. Service Modes 3-1 Outline (1) The service mode in this equipment uses the wireless remote controller*. set the service mode transfer cassette (DY9-1386-000) on the product.

MV800 E. START/STOP 11. 8 FF ADDRESS + Increases ADDRESS by 1. 12 STOP DATA - Decreases DATA by 1. Key Designation (in Normal Mode) Key Designation (in Service Mode) Function 1 DUBBING SERVICE MODE Change over to service mode 2 SLOW NORMAL MODE Change over to normal mode 3 START/STOP CS+ Increases CS by 1. 14 ×2 EJECT Performs EJECT. STOP 7. REW Remote Controller Code 2 setting 12. 5 SEARCH - FUNCTION - Decreases FUNCTION by 1. use the remote controller (ex. 6 . MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 3-3 How to Operate Wireless Remote Controller in Service Mode (1) To use the wireless remote controller in the service mode. 4 SEARCH + FUNCTION + Increases FUNCTION by 1. MV830 E. SERCH SELECT 6. press the “Remote controller setting” and “Zoom T” keys simultaneously for 2 sec. × 2 WL-D84 1. 6 No. SERCH + 3. set it at Remote controller code 2. SLOW 13. FRAME - 14. 13 PAUSE STORE Defines/w rites DATA. PAUSE Fig. PLAY 5. For this purpose. 9 REW ADDRESS - Decreases ADDRESS by 1. 10 SEARCH SELECT MODE SELECT Change over to RD/WR mode 11 PLAY DATA + Increases DATA by 1. SEARCH - 8. 4. MV830i E. FF 10. FRAME + 9. * To changeover to Remote controller code 2.MV850i E. MV800i E. WL-D84) furnished with a conventional product. 7 FRAME - HIGH ADDRESS - Decreases HIGH ADDRESS by 1. 6 FRAME + HIGH ADDRESS + Increases HIGH ADDRESS by 1. DUBBING 2. * The remote controller furnished with the instrument cannot transfer to the service mode.

Indicates for which block the command is specified. CA. E0 : Indicates the error rate of the track that is traced in the CH0 (Low ch) head. etc. Data Write status (00: READ mode. Indicates the version of the MODE MI-COM. LOAD2. 16. Indicates the version of the CARD program in the FR MI-COM. (RD/WR/ST) 3. in hexadecimal representation. Indicates the version of the MAIN program in the FR MI-COM. (“SERV”) MODE : Indicates the MODE currently selected. STBY. MV800 E. 6. DT : Indicate. (Main power supply backup) 11. 7 1. 04 : Write preparation.MV850i E. 2. 13. Indicates mechanical error history (LITHIUM 3V battery backup) 12. (00~FF) Indicates the mechanical status. Indicates the mechanical error. 14. 17. CD. (MA. (0~F) 5. STOP.MD. Indicates the version of the CAMERA program in the FR MI-COM. 15. Indicates the absolute track No. PLAY) 9. 8. MV830i E. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 3-4 Indication in Service Mode Shown below are the indications in the service mode. MV830 E. OC : Write execution) 7 . 4 5 18 6 8 9 1 2 3 10 7 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Fig.) CS : Indicates the Chip Select currently specified. Function : Indicates the Function currently selected. LOAD1. E1 : Indicates the error rate of the track that is traced in the CH1 (High ch) head. the DATA currently being read or set. (0000~FFFF) 7. Indicates that the service mode is currently selected. 4. 10. MV800i E. (00~FF) ADDR : Indicates the ADDRESS currently selected. (POPUP. 18.

Low ch. MV830i E. MV830 E. 2) Execute ST ORE.) 2 3 Example) ‘23’is indicated: Number of erroneous sync blocks = 35 (hexadecimal) (2 ×16)+ 3 = 35 (decimal) In the product specifications. Description of Service Modes 4-1 Error Rate <Generals> (1) A VIDEO error rate (VIDEO + AUDIO) and an AUDIO error rate can be checked. (press STORE key at 1 of STEP 1 state. failure in head amplifier. MV800i E. etc. (Press PAUSE. High ch. 8 <How to read an AUDIO error rate> To read error rate of AUDIO track. CS Function 0 10 Microcomputer operation ADDR MODE 001D ST DT 00 →03 Product setting 03 ↑ ↑ ↑ Remarks) Selecting DT back to "0"makes a return to Audio + Video error rate. The number of erroneous sync block of 64-track AUDIO sync blocks is indicated in two hexadecimal digits. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 4. EO 2 5 E1 Example) ‘25’ is indicated: Error rate = 2×10 -5 2 × 10 -5 Fig. AO 2 3 A1 (FF limitation is imposed on a value exceeding 255.) RD 8 Audio error rate indication . the error rate on both channels in self -recording LP playback is as follows : Error rate =28H or less Fig. follow the procedures in the table below. 9 (Number of erroneous sync blocks = 40 or less) Important After the adjustment. <How to read a VIDEO error rate> An average error rate on 64-track AUDIO+VIDEO sector is indicated in exponential representation. improper drum shield. MV800 E. decreased in head output. High ch.MV850i E. set the DT to the product setting . Low ch. (2) Note that the error rate is worsened on occurrence of failure in tape running. deterioration of tape.) <Change to an AUDIO error rate> ST EP 1 MONIT OR PROCEDURE 1) Make setting shown at right.

MV830i E. MV800 E. the conditions of the error can be checked in the service mode. MV800i E.) ↑ Microcomputer operation ADDR MODE DT 08 0008 ST 00 Error data held only in the POWER-ON ↑ ↑ RD ↑ state is indicated.REEL ERROR L : LOADING MTR ERROR D : DEW ERROR Fig. MV830 E. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 4-2 Mechanical Error Indication <Outline> (1) On occurrence of a mechanical error. 10 9 . E : TAPE END B : TAPE TOP D : DRUM ERROR C : CAPSTAN ERROR S : S-REEL ERROR T : T. 0 2) Execute ST ORE.MV850i E. ST EP 1 MONIT OR PROCEDURE CS Function 1) Make setting shown at right. (Press PAUSE. (2) The data backed up by the LITHIUM 3V can be reset by the STEP-1 operation shown below.Two types of indications appear on the service mode initial screen: the current error data indication and the error history data indication backed up by LITHIUM 3V. 4-2-1 Mechanical Error Normal Mode Relevant errors are highlighted in purple.

ADDR MODE DT WB is set. MV800 E. MV800i E. 100% 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE. 10 Outputs gray scale from DIGIC DV. (Press PAUSE. (Press PAUSE.) White 1) Make setting shown at right. (Press PAUSE. INDOOR 2) Execute ST ORE.) GRAY 1) Make setting shown at right. WHIT E 2) Execute ST ORE.) White 1) Make setting shown at right. (Press PAUSE. Note : Do not set hard type cleaning tape at FULL BOT status lest the head should wear excessively. (Press PAUSE. MV830 E. LOCK 2) Execute ST ORE.MV850i E. ST EP CAM SPECIAL COMMAND WB SET Microcomputer operation CS Function 1) Make setting shown at right. T URBO 2) Execute ST ORE. 50% 2) Execute ST ORE. (2) Make preparation according to the table below and carry out the desired commands particular to camera.) WB 1) Make setting shown at right. . (Press PAUSE. Outputs color bar from DIGIC DV. OPEN 2) Execute ST ORE. (Press PAUSE.) IRIS 1) Make setting shown at right.) WB MONIT OR PROCEDURE 1) Make setting shown at right.) ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 3301 RD -- ST -- ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 3302 RD -- ST -- ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 3303 RD -- ST -- ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 3304 RD -- ST -- ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 3305 RD -- ST -- ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 3306 RD -- ST -- ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 3309 RD -- ST -- ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 330A RD -- ST -- ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 330B RD -- ST -- ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 330C RD -- ST -- ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 330D RD -- ST -- ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 330F RD -- ST -- Outputs white & black chart ↑ 2 ↑ 08 ↑ 3310 RD -- from DIGIC DV.) AGC 1) Make setting shown at right. Turning the power OFF/ON resets all the settings. (Press PAUSE. ST -- WB 1) Make setting shown at right. LED ON 2) Execute ST ORE. OUT DOOR 2) Execute ST ORE. (3) To restore any setting back to the original status. (Press PAUSE.) AGC 1) Make setting shown at right. WB high-speed setting mode WB outdoor mode WB indoor mode T he iris is opened forcibly. 2 08 3300 ST -- 2) Execute ST ORE. press the PAUSE key (STORE) for each item again in the “ST” mode. MAX 2) Execute ST ORE. A value of AGC gain is minimized. (Press PAUSE. CLOSE 2) Execute ST ORE. 4-4 Commands Particular to Camera <Outline> (1) The commands particular to camera are provided for checking the operation.) WB 1) Make setting shown at right. (Press PAUSE. A value of AGC gain is maximized.) COLOR 1) Make setting shown at right. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ 08 ↑ 331F -- 1) Make setting shown at right.) BLACK & 1) Make setting shown at right. Outputs white 50% from DIGIC DV. (Press PAUSE.) IRIS 1) Make setting shown at right. BAR 2) Execute ST ORE. WB is locked. setting cleaning tape automatically transfers to (and allows to exit from) the cleaning mode. T he iris is closed forcibly. MIN 2) Execute ST ORE. SCALE 2) Execute ST ORE. ↑ 2 RD WHIT E ST -- Force the white LED to light. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 4-3 Cleaning Mode On this product. Outputs white 100% from DIGIC DV. MV830i E. (Press PAUSE.) ↑ ↑ ↑ RD -- MV850i E only.

MV830i E. 4-6-1 MODE MI-COM Input Port PIN NAME Description CS Function ADDR DATA BIT Description 80 T /C PW SW Detect input from DC jack 1 01 0000 6 "H" 78 T /C PW SW T ape/Card SW 1 01 0001 0 "L" 75 PAE/GREEN SW P. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 4-5 Checking the Lens Resetting <Generals> (1) Setting the address according to the table below allows to check whether the lens resetting is ended or not. the focus lens has not yet been reset. With this function. the key-related operations and the connections between the keys and the MI-COM terminals can be checked in the product state. * In case of 80 or 84. MONIT OR ST EP PROCEDURE 1 1) Make setting shown at right. MV800 E.AE/GREEN SW 1 01 0001 3 "H" 71 DC J DET DC JACK detection 1 01 0001 7 "L" 70 ST ART ST OP Start / Stop SW 1 01 0002 0 "L" 69 Half Photo Switch Halfway pressing of Photo SW 1 01 0002 1 "L" 68 Photo Switch Full pressing of Photo SW 1 01 0002 2 "L" 67 Cassette In Switch Cassette IN SW detection 1 01 0002 3 "L" 66 Eject Switch EJECT SW detection 1 01 0002 4 "L" 65 PANEL Bottom/T op Switch LCD reverse detection 1 01 0002 5 "L" 64 PANEL Open Switch LCD open detection 1 01 0002 6 "H" 43 Dial CW Switch Select Dial ↑ 1 01 0005 1 "L" 42 Dial CCW Switch Select Dial ↓ 1 01 0005 2 "L" 25 Li3V Detect Detection of decrease in lithium battery voltage 1 01 0007 3 "L" 11 .MV850i E. CS Function 2 00 Microcomputer operation ADDR MODE DT 73E7 -- RD RAM data indication AD-1558E 4-6 Functional Check of Control Keys and Switches <Generals> (1) The MODE and FR MI-COM terminals can be checked in the service mode. the lens has been reset. the zoom lens has not yet been reset. MV800i E. MV830 E. (2) Perform the check in the RD mode. (2) If the DATA (in hexadecimal representation) is D0 or D4. * In case of 40 or 44.

CODE(00) 88 Batt Info A/D Battery T ype Detection 1 02 0006 Low(00) High(FF) 87 Batt A/D Battery Voltage Detection 1 02 0007 Low(00) High(FF) C. MV800 E.MV850i E. MV800i E. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 4-6-2 MODE MI-COM A/D Port PIN NAME Description CS Function ADDR AD DATA (00∼FF) Low High 95 KEY AD3 KEY AD 3 1 02 0000 MENU(00) SET (40) 93 KEY AD2 KEY AD 2 1 02 0001 ST OP(00) PLAY(40) 92 KEY AD1 KEY AD 1 1 02 0002 DE ON/OFF(00) LCD BL(40) 91 KEY AD0 KEY AD 0 1 02 0003 D. MV830 E. MV830i E.MIX(40) FF(85) AE(85) REW(85) 4-6-3 FR MI-COM Input Port PIN NAME Description CS Function ADDR DATA BIT F7 LINE IN Analog line input control 0 01 0001 1 "H" at line input W1 USB DET USB Detect 0 01 0009 5 "L" at detect X5 CARD DET CARD IN detection 0 01 0009 4 "L" at detect E3 REC PROOF T ape recording inhibition 0 01 000A 7 "L" at detect U6 CARD PRO Card recording inhibited detection 0 01 000A 2 "H" at line input 4-6-4 FR MI-COM A/D Port PIN NAME AA16 ZOOMKEY AC17 T EMP Description CS Function ADDR Zoom key output 0 02 AD DATA (00∼FF) Low High 0002 WIDE side Low High Intermediate T ELE side Lens thermometer output 0 02 0003 Y GYRO YAW side GYRO output 0 02 0004 AB16 P GYRO PIT H side GYRO output 0 02 0005 Y15 IRIS ENC output 0 02 0006 Small diaphragm Open AC15 DEW DEW detection 0 02 000B DRY Y14 Cassette detection 0 02 000C Cassette inserted WET Cassette not inserted X15 I ENC CAS IN 12 .

Note that the following table shows minimum required adjustments to be performed after replacing any major part. MV830 E. MV830i E. MV800 E. carry out adjustment referring to the table shown below.MV850i E. Adjustment item MAIN DMC PCB III Adjustment setting 5-6 Recorder section 5-6-1 SWP Adjustment ○ ○ Product condition 5-6-2 C. Adjustment item Lens JACK PCB CCD MAIN PCB Adjustment setting 5-2 AF section 5-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment ○ ○ ○ Product condition 5-2-2 Cam correction (AUT O) ○ ○ ○ Product condition 5-3 IS section 5-3-1 Gyro Offset Adjustment ○ ○ Product condition 5-3-2 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing ○ ○ Product condition 5-4 Camera section 5-4-1 Iris Adjustment ○ ○ ○ Product condition 5-4-2 WB Adjustment (1) ○ ○ ○ Product condition 5-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment ○ ○ ○ Product condition 5-4-4 WB Adjustment (2) ○ ○ ○ Product condition 5-4-5 WB Adjustment (3) ○ ○ ○ Product condition 5-4-6 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing ○ ○ ○ Product condition 5-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation ○ ○ Product condition Recorder system Part name No. In case that two or more parts have been replaced or any faulty condition has occurred. take a proper adjustment procedure accordingly. FG Adjustment ○ ○ Product condition 5-6-3 Automatiac Adjustment of Reel FG ○ ○ Product condition 5-6-4 Flash Memory Writing ○ ○ Product condition 5-7 Setting for Asia or Oceania △ Product condition DMC III 5-8 T ape Path Adjustment T ape path adjustment setting 13 . MV800i E. △ : Check required ○ : Adjustment required Camera system Part name No. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5. Adjustment Procedures 5-1 Adjustment Items in Part Replacement After replacement of major parts.

(0~F) Function : Indicates the Function currently selected. (00~FF) 7. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-1-1 Indication in Service Mode Shown below are the indications in the service mode. MV800 E. 09: Adjustment NG) 9. (00~FF) 5. the DATA currently being read or set. 3 7 4 5 1 2 8 9 6 Fig. MV800i E. CA. C : Write execution) ST : Adjustment status (02: During adjustment. 05: Adjustment OK. MV830i E.) 3. ST2 : Adjustment status (for use in AF adjustment) 14 .MV850i E. (0000~FFFF) DT : Indicate. MD. 6. MV830 E. (MA. etc. MODE : Indicates the MODE currently selected. CS : Indicates the Chip Select currently specified. ADDR : Indicates the ADDRESS currently selected. CD. (RD/WR/ST) Indicates for which block the command is specified. 4. in hexadecimal representation. 8. Data write status (0 : Read mode. 1 : Ready to write. 11 1. 2.

DT : AA should be attained. T ake the procedure again from the beginning. 2) Perform storing. Automatic adjustment is started. check the parts inside the lens section. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-2 AF Section Adjustment Note) (1) The sections 5-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment and 5-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) must be executed consecutively.) Microcomputer operation DT 00 ST 2 ↑ 10 00 ↑ Move to adjustment mode. 2 08 ST 3100 2) Perform storing. MV830i E. carry out CZ automatic adjustment in the service mode. Perform the cam correction. RD ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button. AA Adjustment is completed (result is OK). the sufficient performance cannot be obtained. MONIT OR ST EP PROCEDURE CZ CS Function MD ADDR 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. RD ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button. (2) Referring to the table shown below. (3) Perform the cam correction. 2 08 ST 3110 2) Perform storing. At STEP 3. If any NG condition is encountered in automatic adjustment. If execute section 5-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) is executed after elapse of time upon completion of section 5-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment. Preparation) (1) For CZ automatic adjustment/cam correction. when section 5-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment is completed. Execution of STEP 4. the sufficient performance cannot be obtained. Also.) ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 4 5 Judgment on result of adjustment 1) Make the setting shown at right. T hen. Procedure) (1) In the telephoto-end setting. Execution of flash memory updating. it is completed in 30 seconds approximately. bring the center of chart image to the center of monitor TV. MV830 E. MV800i E. set the product condition. -↑ 2 08 RD 3100 ↑ ↑ RD ↑ 0 08 0081 -- ↑ ↑ ST RD ↑ ↑ 15 Move to adjustment mode.) 5-2-1 CZ Automatic Adjustment CHART CZ adjustment chart SPEC. MV800 E.) 3 2) Perform storing.02 m from lens front Chart luminance : 500 lux or more (High illuminance should be avoided at the wide-angle end.4 ± 0. Preparation for flash memory updating. execute section 5-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO) must be executed immediately without elapse of time. 2 08 ST 3100 (press the PAUSE button. FF Adjustment is completed (result is NG).) 2 1) Make the setting shown at right. .MV850i E. If they are performed independently. (press the PAUSE button. (2) Adjustment condition (initial condition) Tape/Card Program AE : Tape : Auto Mode ZOOM : Telephoto-end CZ adjustment chart : 2.

2) Perform storing. turn OFF the AF function.) 16 . RD Execution of flash memory updating. and turn power OFF/ON. MONIT OR ST EP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation CAM CORRECT ION CS Function MD ADDR DT ST 2 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3102 -WR ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 2) Perform storing. Automatic adjustment Procedure) (1) Quit the service mode.) Completion with ST 2:02. 3 1) Make the setting shown at right. ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button. RD 04 Correction value calculation. RD 02 Correction value measurement. 0 08 ST 0081 -Preparation for flash memory updating. 2 08 ST 3101 00 2) Perform storing. ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button.MV850i E.) Completion with ST 2:AA. MV830i E. 6 1) Make the setting shown at right. (4) If the result is NG. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT ST2 Fig. 2 08 ST 3104 -2) Perform storing. MV800 E. turn power off/on.) 2 Cancel the service mode. and set the zoom position to the telephoto end. (3) Quit the service mode. RD AA Completion of correction value writing. ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button. 5 1) Make the setting shown at right. MV800i E. 2 08 ST 3105 -2) Perform storing. 12 5-2-2 Cam Correction (AUTO) CHART CZ adjustment chart SPEC. 4 1) Make the setting shown at right. RD 01 ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button. (2) Perform the cam correction by following the table below. After focus movement is stopped. and then check that proper focusing can be attained in normal zooming operation (AF OFF).) Completion with ST 2:04. ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button. perform 5-2-1 : CZ automatic adjustment and 5-2-2 : Cam correction (AUTO). MV830 E.

MV830 E. NG with ST :09 . 25 seconds at maximum to complete adjustment (OK) after storing (pressing the pause button). Automatic adjusutment Procedure) (1) Wait at least 10 seconds while being careful not to apply vibration to the camera. ST EP PROCEDURE GYRO OFFSET CS 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. Completion with ST :05. 5-3-1 GYRO OFFSET Adjustment SPEC. perform the automatic adjustment. ↑ (press the PAUSE button. MV830i E. be sure to carry out 5-3-2 before turning power OFF. (2) Prepare a tripod or stable work bench. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-3 IS Section Adjustment Note) (1) Perform the IS adjustment after machine is re-assembled to a product status.MV850i E. MV800i E. Note) It will take approx. 2 2) Perform storing. (2) Referring to the table shown below. After completion of each adjustment.) MONIT OR Function MD ADDR DT 08 ST 320D 00 RD ↑ ↑ 17 Microcomputer operation ST 05 Adjustment is completed. (3) Each of the adjustment data (5-3-1) becomes valid when 5-3-2 data writing is made. MV800 E.

13 18 Microcomputer operation ST 05 Completion of virtual EEPROM writing. Automatic writing Procedure) (1) According to the table shown below. Execution of flash memory updating.MV850i E. MV800 E. MV830i E. MV800i E. MV830 E. . MONIT OR ST EP PROCEDURE EEPROM & FLASH WRIT ING CS Function MD ADDR DT 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. RD ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button. NG with ST :09 Preparation for flash memory updating. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-3-2 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing SPEC. 2 08 ST 320F 00 2) Perform storing.) ST Fig. RD ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button.) 2 1) Make the setting shown at right. write adjustment data (5-3-1) into the virtual EEPROM and flash memory. 0 08 ST 0081 -2) Perform storing. Completion with ST :05.

MV800 E. ST EP PROCEDURE MONIT OR IRIS CS Function MD ADDR DT 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. Procedure) (1) Referring to the table shown below. Adjustment is completed. be sure to perform the DATA write procedure as mentioned in 5-4-6. 14 19 Microcomputer operation ST 05 Adjustment is in progress.MV850i E. adjust the Iris. (2) Adjustment condition (initial condition) Tape/Card : Tape Program AE AF : Auto Mode : OFF Image stabilizer Chart : OFF : Standard angle of view 5-4-1 Iris Adjustment CHART SPEC. MV800i E. Automatic adjustment. If power must be turned OFF/ON during each adjustment. WR ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button.) RD ↑ ↑ ↑ ST Fig. 2 08 ST 3000 00 2) Perform storing. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-4 Camera Section Adjustment Notes) (1) Each adjustment data (5-4-1 to 5-4-5) becomes effective after it is written into the DATA as mentioned in 5-4-6. MV830i E. MV830 E. take the product condition. Completion with ST :05 (ST :09 NG) . (2) The adjustments from 5-4-2 through 5-4-5 must be carried out in series. Preparation) (1) For camera section adjustment.

Adjustment is completed. Automatic adjustment Procedure) (1) Referring to the table shown below.) RD ↑ ↑ ↑ Microcomputer operation ST 05 Adjustment is in progress. WR ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button. MV800i E.MV850i E. MV830i E. ST EP PROCEDURE MONIT OR WB (2) CS Function MD ADDR DT 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 08 ST 3002 00 2) Perform storing.) RD ↑ ↑ ↑ 20 Microcomputer operation ST 05 Adjustment is in progress. 2 08 ST 3004 00 2) Perform storing. carry out WB adjustment (1). WR ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-4-2 WB Adjustment (1) CHART Light box (5600°K) SPEC. Automatic adjustment Procedure) (1) Referring to the table shown below. Completion with ST :05 (ST :09 NG) . MV800 E. MV830 E. Completion with ST :05 (ST :09 NG) Note) In this adjustment. carry out WB adjustment (2). Adjustment is completed. Completion with ST :05 (ST :09 NG) 5-4-4 WB Adjustment (2) CHART Light box (5600°K). ST EP PROCEDURE MONIT OR WB (1) CS Function MD ADDR DT 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. color balance gain data is set to FF. 2 08 ST 3003 00 2) Perform storing. Automatic adjustment AD-1586E Procedure) (1) Referring to the table shown below. and color bar chart SPEC. WR ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button.) RD ↑ ↑ ↑ Microcomputer operation ST 05 Adjustment is in progress. 5-4-3 Color Balance Adjustment CHART Lightbox (5600°K). Be sure to carry out color balance adjustment described in 5-4-3. MONIT OR ST EP PROCEDURE CB CS Function MD ADDR DT 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. and CCA12 filter SPEC. carry out color blance adjustment. Adjustment is completed.

MV850i E.) RD ↑ ↑ ↑ Microcomputer operation ST 05 Adjustment is in progress. WR ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button. ↑ (press the PAUSE button. MV800i E. MV830i E. 2 2) Perform storing.) 2 1) Make the setting shown at right. ST :09 NG Preparation for flash memory updating. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-4-5 WB Adjustment (3) CHART Light box (5600°K) SPEC. Execution of flash memory updating. 0 2) Perform storing. Completion with ST :05 (ST :09 NG) 5-4-6 Virtual EEPROM and Flash Memory Writing SPEC. MONIT OR ST EP PROCEDURE WB (3) CS Function MD ADDR DT 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. ↑ (press the PAUSE button. Automatic adjustment Procedure) (1) Referring to the table shown below. Completion with ST :05. Adjustment is completed. . carry out WB adjustment (3). MV830 E. Automatic writing Procedure) (1) According to the table shown below. MV800 E. write adjustment data (5-4-1 to 5-4-5) into the virtual EEPROM and flash memory. 2 08 ST 3005 00 2) Perform storing. ST EP PROCEDURE EEPROM & FLASH WRIT ING CS 1 1) Make the setting shown at right.) MONIT OR Function MD ADDR DT 08 ST 3006 00 RD ↑ ↑ 08 ↑ ST RD 0081 -- ↑ ↑ 21 Microcomputer operation ST 05 Completion of virtual EEPROM writing.

2 2) Perform storing. ST EP PROCEDURE 1 1-1 2 2-1 3 MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT CCD void pixel correction 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5-5-1 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation (AUTO) Preparation) (1) Carry out this correction in the product state. . ↑ (press the PAUSE button. (It does not compensation.) (3) The picture element loss correction which is validated by this adjustment is also validated automatically every time power is turned ON. Completion with DT :00 to 0C. NG with DT :8* 00 05 ↑ 22 Microcomputer operation ST Completion of virtual EEPROM writing. Execution of flash memory updating.) 08 ↑ ↑ 08 ↑ 08 ↑ ST 300E WR ↑ RD ↑ 00 ↑ 05 ST RD 300F ST RD 0081 -- ↑ ↑ Adjustment is in progress. ↑ (press the PAUSE button. NG is indicated if there are four or more pixel defects at the center of the screen or if there are twelve or more pixel defects on the entire screen. NG with DT :03 Preparation for flash memory updating. when set to NG.) 1) Make the setting shown at right. MV800i E. MV830i E. Completion with DT :02. MV800 E. 0 2) Perform storing. (2) In this adjustment. MV830 E. Adjustment is completed.) ↑ Virtual EEPROM writing 1) Make the setting shown at right. 2 2) Perform storing. ↑ (press the PAUSE button.MV850i E. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-5 CCD Pixel Missing Compensation Notes) (1) Before starting this adjustment. (2) Adjustment Conditions Program AE AF : AUTO : OFF Image stabilizer Digital zoom : OFF : OFF Procedure) (1) Perform the CCD void pixel correction (automatic mode) according to the table shown below. turn power on for 30 minutes.

FG(AUT O) 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. ST EP PROCEDURE SWP (AUT O) 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. MV830 E. (press the PAUSE button. Automatic adjustment Procedure) (1) While playing back the color bar master. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-6 Recorder Section Adjustment Note) (1) Each of the adjustment data (5-6-1 to 5-6-3) becomes valid when 5-6-4 flash memory writing is made. 5-6-1 SWP Adjustment MODE Playback of color bar master (DY9-1380-000) SPEC. 2) Perform storing. 5-6-2 C. be sure to carry out 5-6-4 flash memory writing. Automatic adjustment is completed.) CS 0 ↑ ↑ MONIT OR Function MD ADDR DT 08 ST 0001 -WR ↑ ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ ↑ Microcomputer operation Automatic adjustment is in progress. MV800i E. carry out adjustment in the product state. . MV830i E. Preparation) (1) Except for the tape-path adjustment. carry out C. Automatic adjustment is completed.FG automatic adjustment referring to the table shown below. (press the PAUSE button.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 0 08 ST 0003 -WR ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ AD-1605E 23 Microcomputer operation Automatic adjustment is in progress. Automatic adjustment Procedure) (1) While playing back the color bar master.MV850i E. FG Adjustment MODE Playback of color bar master (DY9-1380-000) SPEC. MV800 E. carry out SWP automatic adjustment referring to the table shown below. ST EP PROCEDURE C. 2) Perform storing. When turning power OFF/ ON during each adjustment.

.MV850i E. Execution of flash memory updating. ST EP PROCEDURE 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. 5-6-4 Flash Memory Writing SPEC. Memory data writing Procedure) (1) Write adjustment data (5-6-1 to 4) into the flash memory according the table shown below. Automatic adjustment is completed.) CS 0 ↑ MONIT OR Function MD ADDR DT 08 ST 0081 -RD ↑ ↑ ↑ 24 Microcomputer operation Preparation for flash memory updating. 2) Perform storing. MV830i E.) CS 0 ↑ ↑ MONIT OR Function MD ADDR DT 08 ST 0007 -WR ↑ ↑ ↑ RD ↑ ↑ ↑ Microcomputer operation Automatic adjustment is in progress. MV830 E. MV800 E. ST EP PROCEDURE 1 1) Make the setting shown at right. (press the PAUSE button. MV800i E. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-6-3 Automatic Adjustment of Reel FG MODE Stop without VTR cassette Procedure) (1) Carry out reel FG adjustment according to the following table. (press the PAUSE button. 2) Perform storing.

(3) Turn on the main unit in VTR/TAPE mode. and detach for a short while and reconnect the compact adapter. MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-7 Setting for Asia or Oceania This is for setting the displayable language to English.) (8) Turn on the main unit again. Language data filename : Example 4146d86asia. (6) Upon normal completion of the rewriting of the language data. MV830i E. 2) Perform storing. (press the PAUSE button. Carry out this setting only after replacing the MAIN PCB ASS’Y of a product sold in Asia (except Japan) or Oceania with a service part. The language data file is available from each local service headquarters. (2) Turn off the main unit.) The charge LED indicator starts blinking. it indicates that the rewriting of the language data has come to a normal end. Note) At the above steps (6) and (7). (4) Interconnect the main unit and PC by DV cable.dat → d86asia. 25 .) Necessary instruments) (1) PC whose OS is Windows XP (2) DV cable (3) Compact adapter (be sure to use it for main unit power) (4) Language data file conforming to the main program version of FR microcomputer .MV850i E. conventional character Chinese or Korean. and change its file name to d86asia. and the rewriting of the language data is carried out. simplified character Chinese. memory (press the PAUSE button. (The service part is set at language of other regions. and make sure the possible language is English.dat Indication of version of main program of FR microprocessor Preparation) AD-1568E Copy the language data file to the hard disk of the PC. Use data where the part of the filename is the same as the version of main program of FR microprocessor. (5) Copy the language data d86asia. conventional character Chinese and Korean. (Note: “Drag & Drop” is not allowed.dat. the filename of usable language data is: B059d86asia. (7) Turn off the power switch of the main unit. (If the charge LED indictor on the main unit is steadily lit. flash 2) Perform storing. simplified character Chinese. MV800i E.) Write in 1) Make the setting shown at right.dat and paste it to “Canon Camera Storage Device” in “My Computer” on the PC.dat (delete the part B059 that denotes version) Procedure) ST EP Mode setting PROCEDURE 1) Make the setting shown at right.) MONIT OR CS Function MD ADDR DT 0 10 ST 0147 01 RD ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 0 08 ↑ ↑ ST RD 0081 -- ↑ ↑ Microcomputer operation Mode setting ends Writing in flash memory ends (1) Select the language data change mode according to the following table. MV830 E. Example : B059d86asia.dat If the indication is as shown on the left. ignore an error message appearing on the PC. and disconnect the compact adapter. the charge LED indicator on the main unit changes a blinking state to a steady-on state. MV800 E.

MV790 E SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT 5-8 Tape Path Adjustment Note) (1) For tape path adjustment. MV800i E. For the details of setting procedure. 2-1 1) Make the setting shown at right. MV830i E. MONIT OR ST EP PROCEDURE Microcomputer operation T RACKING T APE CS Function MD ADDR DT 1 1) Play back the tracking tape. make the recorder adjustment setting (P. refer to the DMC III Section. 3).MV850i E. MV830 E.) 3) Perform 70% tracking shift by ST ↑ ↑ ↑ F0~FF T he amount of tracking shift is changed. 4) Perform storing. 0 00 ST 9FE7 F2 2) Perform storing.OFF). 2. 2) T urn off power to the main unit. the service mode setting is necessary. 26 . MV800 E. 4 1) Select the normal mode. RD ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button. At STEP 2. Preparation) (1) For tape path adjustment. perform tracking shift by adjusting DT in a range of F0 to FF so that the RF envelope will be 70%. 2 1) Set up tracking shift. play back the tracking master (DY9-1345-000) for tape path adjustment. (2) After adjustment. RD ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ (press the PAUSE button.) * T racking shift released in DT 00. 3 1) Perform tape path adjustment with the RF envelope in 70% tracking shift state. adjusting DT in a range of F0 to FF. 2. 3). restore tracking shift setting to normal according to the following table (STEPS 4 : P. Procedure) (1) Referring to the table given below (STEPS 1.

Troubleshooting ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.6 2-3 Faulty of Playback Picture -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.5 2-2 Camera Picture Faulty ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.1 1-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.1 1-2 Location of Main Elements ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.5 2-1 Power Supply ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.7 2-4 Startup Window Setting ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.SERVICE HINTS CONTENTS 1.4 2.8 2-5 Short Cut Demonstration Mode -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.9 .2 1-3 Current Consumption Check ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. Service Hints -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

.

1 1 . MV800i E. CVF PCB OPERATION KEY CCD PCB LI PCB MAIN PCB R KEY1 FPC JACK PCB DC PCB R KEY2 PCB SWITCH OPEN LCD PCB Fig. MV830i E. MV800 E. Service Hints 1-1 Arrangement of Circuit Boards The printed circuit boards are arranged as shown below. MV790 E SERVICE HINTS 1. MV830 E.MV850i E.

MV830 E.MV850i E.7V REGULATOR IC1001 TG/CDS/AGC/AD/V-DRIVER IC2000 IC1002 VRP2 2. MV790 E SERVICE HINTS 1-2 Location of Main Elements MAIN PCB IC100 MODE MI-COM IC301 MOTOR DRIVE IC300 OPE AMP IC1200 LENS DRIVE FU3201 FU3202 IC801 AUDIO INTERFACE FU1800 FU3203 IC3203 4. MV800 E. 2 2 IC2301 VIC4 .7V REGULATOR IC1102 SDRAM IC1501 EVF/LCD DRIVE IC1103 DIGIC DV IC2300 FLASH IC3201 POWER CONTROL IC2302 SDRAM Fig. MV830i E. MV800i E.

MV830i E.MV850i E. 3 3 . MV790 E SERVICE HINTS CCD PCB IC1070 CCD CN1070 LCD PCB IC4201 IC4201 DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL JACK PCB IC1601 P SENSOR GYRO IC1602 Y SENSOR GYRO Fig. MV800 E. MV800i E. MV830 E.

MV830i E. MV790 E SERVICE HINTS 1-3 Current Consumption Check The following table shows the specified value of current consumption in each status. MV800i E. MV830 E.11A each smaller in case of CVF) : 7. MV800 E. Measurement condition Preset voltage : Product status.41 POWER OFF 0.42 STOP 0. 0.4V POWER SW CAMERA VCR MODE Current consumption (A) REC PAUSE 0. LCD ON (Approx.MV850i E.38 REC 0.32 PLAY 0. camera auto mode(AF OFF).29 (mA) 4 .

→ After initialized. CAM ON “H” (control signal from MODE MI-COM) Outputs Check the output of control signal. 9) If any error is occurred by mechanism trouble at initializing. the MODE MI-COM is brought into the standby status with the VCR ON changed to VCR Low. MV830i E. use the following hints and check points. the power supply is turned ON by the following procedures. Replace the MAIN PCB with a service part and check the operation. MV830 E. 3203 and 1800 on the MAIN PCB.MV850i E. → UNREG is supplied to the MAIN PCB → MODE MI-COM starts up. → FR MI-COM initializes recorder mechanical chassis. 3) Error in Mechanism (“SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT” P. check the error data in the service mode. but the unit enters “ERROR STOP” state. In case of NG. In this case. <Check Points> 1) Key Inputs 2) Check the key inputs at Power Switch in the service mode. Otherwise. MV800i E. the version number of each microcomputer can be indicated in the service mode. → PWM driver starts up and turns on each power supply. MV790 E SERVICE HINTS 2. if any. replace the fuse and check the 6) power consumption. 3202. the error can be detected. Troubleshooting To detect the failure part for repair. → Establishes communication with the FR MI-COM. 4) VCR ON “H”. Power supply mode switch operation → After MODE MI-COM is accepted. Check of microcomputer-to-microcomputer communication If the microcomputer-to-microcomputer communication line is normal. At this state. → The FR MI-COM is started to control the system. VCR ON “H” is output. the communication line or microcomputer may be faulty. MV800 E. → MODE MI-COM outputs VCR ON “H” signal. 5) Fuses on the power supply PCB Check the continuity of the fuses FU3201. 5 . After that. Main power is connected. the power can be turned on. → The PWM driver is started to turn on various power supplies. 2-1 Power Supply <Hints> When the power source is attached. the unit enters the standby mode in the following sequences.

Check the signal. MV800i E. Check by command particular to camera (“SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT” P. 2) Check of blue back output If the blue back is confirmed.10) Check the operation of White balance. the signal line subsequent to DIGIC DV is considered to be OK. AGC. etc.11) If no camera picture appears. 3) Check of DIGIC DV generation signal (white 100% or color bar) (“SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT” P.MV850i E. if the output of the 4) white 100% or color bar signal is attained. MV800 E. MV830 E. MV790 E SERVICE HINTS 2-2 Camera Picture Faulty <Hints> A flow of camera picture (EE) is as below. the signal line subsequent to VIC4 is considered to be OK. check if the lens has been reset by means of the service mode. in case of NG. CCD → MAIN PCB (DIGIC DV → VIC4) → JACK PCB <Check Points> 1) Check of lens reset (“SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT” P. check the lens. 6 . IRIS. in the service mode.10) The white 100% or color bar signals are generated by the DIGIC DV on the MAIN PCB in the service mode. MV830i E. Check of CCD output 5) The CCD output is sampled by IC1001 (TG/CDS/AGC/AD/V-DRIVER).

use a tape (must be Panasonic LP tape) which has been purchased at a different time.MV850i E. The error rate may become worse due to inconsistent quality or aging of the tape. * Do not touch the head with bare hand. replace the tape with a new one and check the error rate again. MV830 E. kinks. MV830i E. In case of NG. (2) Run a cleaning tape. MV800i E. * Limit the total of playback time to five minutes. (6) Check the error rate again. you need not proceed to selection of cleaning mode. Normally. If the error rate is out of the specified range. degradation of picture quality normally appears on the screen as block noise. 8) In the service mode. (5) Check the error rate again. If the error rate is out of the specified range. If it is abnormal. MV790 E SERVICE HINTS 2-3 Faulty of Playback Picture <Hints> In the DV. if an error occurs exceeding the ability of the error correction circuit. If the error rate is out of the specified range. replace the mechanical unit. [Playback time] After replacement of the drum unit → 25 seconds For cleaning → 25 seconds per time * Do not proceed to a playback for 25 seconds or more continuously. check an error rate of self-recording/LP playback. (1) Observe a playback envelope. (3) Check the error rate again. and compare it with the error rate of other unit. 2) Error Rate (“SERVICE MODE / ADJUSTMENT” P. Use the cleaning tape of hard type (DY9-1384-000). drum) using cleaning paper moistened with alcohol. the tape will be detected to automatically select the cleaning mode. This is because. the block by block information of pictures is not played back properly and thus complemented by the previous picture information. Be sure to check the playback picture quality by the error rate. If the error rate is out of the specified range. take the following procedure. (4) Check the error rate again. * Take care not to damage the head. such block noise appears on the screen when the error rate has considerably been degraded due to the degraded tape or the lowered head output. clean the tape drive parts (posts. are found on a magnetic face of tape or not. etc. Therefore. The specified allowable error rate is 2 × 10-5. At this step. * If hard type cleaning tape is used. MV800 E. carry out tape-path adjustment. 7 . <Check Points> 1) Deterioration of Tape Quality Check if flaws. etc. replace the drum unit.

MV800 E. take the following procedure. (2) Replace the MAIN PCB (3) In the [My Camera] screen. MV830 E. it is allowed to save/write original data using the Zoom Browser EX. MV800i E. For details. save original image data to a PC. To avoid this. the user’s original data will be eliminated by replacing the MAIN PCB. Procedure) How to save an original data to a PC and write it to the main unit: (1) In the [My Camera] screen on the Zoom Browser EX. refer to the DIGITAL VIDEO SOFTWARE INSTRUCTION MANUAL . MV790 E SERVICE HINTS 2-4 Startup Window Setting If user’s original data is provided in the start-up screen or in [User Setting] for start-up sound. operation sound and self-timer sound.“Customizing Your Camcorder with the MyCamera Settings”. MV830i E.MV850i E. 8 . set the original image data saved at step (1) to the camera. shutter sound. Note) Only where the USB I/F is available for connection between the PC and main unit.

Present error data. and “1” is set at each relevant error bit position (“0” is indicated otherwise). Short cut demonstration screen Fig. 5). C. 4 4. MV800i E. 5 5. D. the Image Stabilizer and white LED can easily be turned ON/OFF. <Operation procedure> 1. binary bit positions E. 4) is displayed. 3. P. and take out the cassette and memory card.AE mode selection screen Fig. 9 Low : TAPE END (E) : TAPE TOP (B) : DRUM ERROR (D) : CAPSTAN ERROR (C) : S-REEL ERROR (S) : T. MV830i E. 6. T. Indication of mechanism error On this camcorder. S.AE mode selection screen (Fig. Start up with the tape/camera mode. press the MENU button for two seconds or more. L and D are provided. firmware version and mechanism error are displayed. 2.REEL ERROR (T) : LOADING MOTOR ERROR (L) : DEW ERROR (D) . Press the MENU button or select “CLOSE” on the screen to exit. Error history data backed up by LITHIUM 3 V battery. B. For a mechanism error code in hexadecimal two-digit representation. Set the Program selector to “ P ”. MV830 E. Releasing the MENU button displays the short cut demonstration screen (Fig. MV790 E SERVICE HINTS 2-5 Short Cut Demonstration Mode As a function destined to shop salesman. Also. MV800 E. a mechanism error code can be indicated (in hexadecimal High bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 notation) without having to insert the service cassette.MV850i E. While the keeping to hold down the Selector dial and P.

.

28 Accessory Section-1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.36 .14 Recorder Unit Section ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.20 Mechanical Chassis Section-1 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.22 Mechanical Chassis Section-2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.PARTS LIST CONTENTS EXPLODED VIEWS Casing Parts Section --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.10 Rear Cover Ass’y Section ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.30 Accessory Section-2 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.8 LCD Unit Section ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.4 Right Cover Unit Section-1 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.32 FUSE Replacement Instruction -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.12 CVF Unit Section ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.24 Mechanical Chassis Section-3 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.18 Lens Unit Section ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.34 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.6 Right Cover Unit Section-2 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.35 PARTS LIST --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.2 Left Cover Ass’y Section --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.16 Camera Unit Section -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.26 Mechanical Chassis Section-4 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.

.

CAUTION 1. replace FU3201. Especially critical parts in the power circuit block should not be replaced with other marks.5 1. FU1800 only with same TYPE : 49401. and replace FU3203. FU3202 only with same TYPE : 494001 1. 2.5A-32V FUSE MANUFACTURER: LITTELFUSE 1 . For continued protection against risk of fire. Critical parts are marked with in this electrical parts list.0A-32V FUSE.

MV830i E. MV800 E. MV790 E PARTS LIST Casing Parts Section 1×2 CVF Unit 8 11 9 5 5 Left Cover Unit 10 Camera/Lens/ Recorder Unit 10 5 5 5 2 Rear Cover Unit 1 10 3 5×2 5 6 5 7 12 Right Cover Unit 13 13 4 5 2 . MV830 E. MV800i E.MV850i E.

800 E. MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL 1 2 3 4 CLASS Q’TY XA4-9170-557 XA1-7170-507 D52-0300-000 DG3-0852-000 DG3-0853-000 PART NO. 000 000 000 000 000 F F B B B 3 1 1 1 1 SCREW SCREW CAP. MV800 E.830i E.800 E.800 E. FRONT COVER ASS’Y. TOP SCREW COVER ASS’Y. MV790 E MV800i E. MV830 E NEW 1 PCB ASS’Y. JACK MAIN DH2-5322-000 000 C 1 FPC. FRONT COVER ASS’Y. MV800i E. JACK MV800 E MV800i E. JACK MAIN MV800i E.790 E NEW NEW MV850i E. MV830 E. MV830i E. 8 9 10 11 DA3-2426-000 DA3-2358-000 XA4-9170-457 DA3-2459-000 000 000 000 000 B B F B 1 1 3 1 PLATE.MV850i E. LENS COVER ASS’Y.830 E NEW NEW NEW COVER ASS’Y. FRONT DESCRIPTION DG3-0854-000 DG3-0845-000 XA1-7170-307 DG3-0825-000 000 000 000 000 B B F C 1 1 10 1 DG3-0886-000 000 C DH2-5317-000 000 REMARKS MV850i E MV830i E. MV790 E MV850i E. JACK NEW C 1 FPC. BLINDFOLD SCREW NEW 5 6 7 NEW NEW MV790 E 3 NEW . LI NEW NEW 12 13 DA3-2365-000 000 XA1-7170-407 000 C F 1 2 COVER. FORNT SCREW PCB ASS’Y. TOP BADGE COVER.

MV830i E. MV830 E. MV800 E.MV850i E. MV800i E. MV790 E PARTS LIST Left Cover Unit Section 1 ×2 (2) ×2 ×3 ×3 3 4 .

MV790 E MV850i E MV830i E DA3-2532-000 DA3-2450-000 DA3-2449-000 DA3-2425-000 B B B B 1 1 1 1 LABEL. MV830i E. OPERATION DA3-2429-000 000 DA3-2446-000 000 B B 1 1 LABEL.800 E. OPERATION DG3-0846-000 000 B 1 KEY ASS’Y. LEFT DG3-0834-000 000 B 1 KEY ASS’Y. MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL 1 2 3 CLASS Q’TY DG3-0841-000 000 PART NO. NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW . B 1 COVER ASS’Y. MV790 E MV850i E.830i E. LABEL. MV830 E MV800i E.830i E. MV800i E.MV850i E. MV830 E MV800i E MV800 E MV790 E 000 000 000 000 DESCRIPTION 5 NAME NAME NAME NAME MV830 MV800i MV800 MV790 REMARKS MV850i E. LEFT DG3-0844-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y. MV800 E. MV830 E. NAME MV830i MV830 E MV800i E. LABEL. LABEL. NAME MV850i LABEL.800 E.

MV830i E. MV790 E PARTS LIST Right Cover Unit Section-1 1 3×2 2 4 5 9 6 7 10 8 5 11 6 . MV800 E.MV850i E. MV830 E. MV800i E.

800 E. MV830 E. MV800i E. MACH. R KEY 2 SCREW SCREW. MV800i E. TRIPOD SWITCH OPEN SPEAKER SCREW 11 DA3-2384-000 000 B 1 LABEL CAUTION DA3-2377-000 000 B 1 LABEL CAUTION 7 REMARKS NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW MV850i E. MV790 E MV830 E NEW NEW . MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY 1 2 3 4 5 DH2-5316-000 DG3-0828-000 XA4-9170-407 DA3-2388-000 XA4-9170-557 PART NO. MV800 E. R KEY 2 PCB ASS’Y. 000 000 000 000 000 C C F C F 1 1 2 1 2 FPC.830i E. MV830i E.MV850i E. PAN HEAD SCREW DESCRIPTION 6 7 8 9 10 DF1-5087-000 DA3-2362-000 DG3-0832-000 WR1-5090-000 XA1-7170-257 000 000 000 000 000 C B B C F 1 1 1 1 1 CASSETTE LOCK ASS’Y BASE.

MV800i E. MV830 E.830 E Only 8 . MV830i E.MV850i E. MV790 E PARTS LIST Right Cover Unit Section-2 1×3 5 6 2 3 1×2 *1 4 12 7 A 8 9 13 A 10 11 LCD Unit *1 : MV850i E. MV800 E.830i E.

790 E MV850i E. MV800 E. R KEY 1 FPC FPC ASS’Y. MV830 E MV850i E. MV830 E MV800i E.800 E. MV830 E MV800i E.MV850i E.830i E. ASS’Y. ASS’Y. ASS’Y. REMARKS MV850i E.800 E. MV790 E NEW NEW NEW RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT RIGHT MV850i E MV830i E MV830 E MV800i E MV800 E. KEY RD DA3-2382-000 000 B 1 KNOB. ASS’Y. MV830 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW . CARD 1 2 3 4 9 PART NO. MV800i E. C EJECT SHAFT. PANEL SCREW 8 DA3-2361-000 000 B 1 KNOB. XA4-9170-407 DA3-2376-000 DG3-0833-000 DA3-2373-000 DESCRIPTION 9 ASS’Y. CARD LID 13 DA3-2359-000 000 B 1 LID.830i E. PANEL LOCK 5 6 7 DA3-2372-000 000 DA3-2374-000 000 XA4-9170-557 000 C B F 1 1 1 SPRING. MV830 E.830i E. MV790 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW MV850i E. PANEL LOCK HOOK. KEY RD DA3-2474-000 000 B 1 COVER. RH 10 DY1-8770-000 DY1-8771-000 DY1-8808-000 DY1-8775-000 DY1-8774-000 000 000 000 000 000 B B B B B 1 1 1 1 1 COVER COVER COVER COVER COVER 11 12 DA3-2364-000 000 DA3-2375-000 000 B C 1 1 KNOB.830i E. R KEY 1 HOLDER. MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY 000 000 000 000 F C C C 5 1 1 1 SCREW HOLDER. MV830i E. PANEL LOCK DA3-2387-000 000 B 1 HOLDER.

MV790 E PARTS LIST LCD Unit Section 12 11 9 13 7 10 8×4 9×2 5 6 4 1×2 1 2 10 3 . MV830 E. MV800i E. MV800 E. MV830i E.MV850i E.

HINGE BOTTOM FPC ASS’Y. 3 4 5 DA3-2484-000 DA3-2486-000 DG3-0827-000 DG3-0839-000 DY1-8796-000 000 000 000 000 000 B B C C C 1 1 1 1 1 COVER. MV800 E. HINGE TOP DA3-2487-000 000 B 1 COVER. LCD NEW 12 13 DA3-2475-000 000 DG3-0838-000 000 B C 1 1 COVER. LCD COVER. MV790 E NEW NEW . HINGE TOP 11 DG3-0837-000 000 C 1 HINGE ASS’Y. LCD BACK LIGHT ASS’Y LCD. MV830 E MV800i E. MV800i E. MV830i E. SELECTION 6 7 8 9 WG2-5275-000 DA3-2471-000 DA3-2472-000 DA3-2511-000 XA1-7170-257 000 000 000 000 000 C C B C F 1 1 1 4 3 LCD HOLDER. LCD NEW NEW 1 2 *1 *2 10 PART NO. COVER. 11 REMARKS MV850i E MV830i E MV830 E MV800i E NEW NEW NEW NEW MV800 E MV790 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW MV850i E. MV830 E. COVER. *2 : Same quality as the production line. LCD TOP COVER.MV850i E.800 E.830i E. COVER. LCD COVER SCREW DA3-2476-000 000 B 1 COVER. DESCRIPTION LCD LCD LCD LCD TOP TOP TOP TOP *1 : Free from the pixel dot. LCD TOP PCB ASS’Y. MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY XA1-7170-357 DA3-2479-000 DA3-2481-000 DA3-2506-000 DA3-2485-000 000 000 000 000 000 F B B B B 3 1 1 1 1 SCREW COVER. LCD BOTTOM SHEET.

830 E Only 12 . MV790 E PARTS LIST Rear Cover Unit Section 1 (2) *1 (3) ×2 *1 : MV850i E. MV800i E. MV830i E. MV800 E. MV830 E.MV850i E.830i E.

MV830 E. MV830 E MV800i E. MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL 1 2 3 CLASS Q’TY DG3-0847-000 000 PART NO. MV830i E. MV800i E.800 E. MV800 E. MV790 E MV850i E. DC 13 REMARKS MV850i E.830i E. LI DY1-8754-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y. REAR DESCRIPTION DG3-0848-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y. REAR DG3-0826-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y.800 E. MV790 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW . MV830 E MV800i E.MV850i E. LI DG3-0887-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y. B 1 COVER ASS’Y.830i E.

MV830 E. MV800 E. MV800i E. MV830i E.MV850i E. MV790 E PARTS LIST CVF Unit Section 10 9 4 8 6 7 3 5 1 18 19 17 16 15 14 13 2 3 11 14 12 .

CVF CLICK NEW 3 4 5 6 7 XA4-9170-407 DH2-5321-000 DG3-0829-000 DA3-2495-000 DA3-2497-000 000 000 000 000 000 F C C C C 2 1 1 1 1 SCREW FPC. MV800 E. MV830i E. CVF REFRECTOR. CVF DIFFUSER. MV830 E. MV790 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW . CVF INNER KNOB.MV850i E.800 E. CVF KNOB NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW 18 19 DA3-2504-000 000 DA3-2543-000 000 B C 1 1 COVER. DESCRIPTION 15 REMARKS MV850i E. EYEPIECE EYECUP. MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY DA3-2493-000 000 B 1 COVER. CVF LENS LENS. MV830 E MV800i E. CVF DA3-2503-000 000 B 1 COVER. DIOPTER ABSORBER. CVF LCD LCD. CVF GAP TAPE. CVF CU NEW NEW 1 PART NO. CVF NEW NEW NEW NEW 8 9 10 11 12 DA3-2494-000 WG2-5241-000 DA3-2501-000 DA3-2491-000 DA3-2500-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C B B 1 1 1 1 1 CUSHION. MV800i E. CVF INNER B COVER. MASK COVER.830i E. CVF DUST NEW 13 14 15 16 17 DA3-2492-000 YN1-3551-000 DA3-2490-000 DA3-2499-000 DA3-2498-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C B C 1 1 1 1 1 HOLDER. CVF 2 DA3-2496-000 000 C 1 SPRING. CVF PCB ASS’Y. CVF PLATE.

MV790 E PARTS LIST Recorder Unit Section Camera/Lens/Unit 1 *1 5 4 3 6 8 4 9×3 10 3 4 11×3 12 13 14 2 15 7 14 *1 : MV850i E.830i E. MV830 E. MV830i E.MV850i E. MV800 E. MV800i E.830 E Only 16 .

CCD NEW NEW 6 7 8 DA3-0732-000 000 DA3-2346-000 000 DA3-2470-000 000 C B C 1 1 1 SHEET NYLON HOLDER. MV800 E. DG1-4515-000 DA1-9903-000 DA3-1026-000 DA3-2348-000 DA3-2350-000 DESCRIPTION 17 REMARKS MV850i E. OPERATION KEY FPC NEW NEW 9 DA3-0941-000 000 C 3 RUBBER.830 E NEW NEW MV830 E MV800i E MV800 E. SHIELD HA PCB ASS’Y. MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY 000 000 000 000 000 C C F C C 1 1 2 3 1 RECORDER UNIT.790 E NEW NEW NEW NEW . PLATE SCREW CASE. INSULATION DA2-0314-000 XA9-1167-000 DA3-0161-000 DY1-8759-000 DY1-8763-000 000 000 000 000 000 C F C C C 1 3 1 1 1 SPRING. MV800i E. S CHASSIS SCREW ABSORBER. MV830 E. MV830i E.MV850i E. MAIN PCB ASS’Y. MAIN PCB ASS’Y. MAIN PCB ASS’Y. MV830 E MV850i E MV830i E. MAIN SCREW SHIELD.830i E. PM AD-1564E 1 2 3 4 5 10 11 12 13 14 15 PART NO. MAIN TAPE. DMC III DY1-8609-000 LABEL. LENS SHIELD. MAIN DY1-8809-000 DY1-8769-000 DY1-8767-000 XA1-7170-307 DA3-2349-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C F C 1 1 1 2 1 PCB ASS’Y.

MV830 E. MV830i E. MV800 E. MV790 E PARTS LIST Camera Unit Section 8 5 6×2 4 3 2 7 Lens Unit 1 8 18 .MV850i E. MV800i E.

MV850i E. MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY 1 2 3 4 5 DA2-1641-000 DH9-0851-000 DA3-1028-000 DY1-8756-000 DG3-0824-000 PART NO. CCD FPC NEW NEW 19 REMARKS . CCD DESCRIPTION NEW NEW 6 7 8 XA4-9170-557 000 DH2-5313-000 000 DA3-2352-000 000 F C C 2 1 2 SCREW FPC. INSULATION FILTER. CCD TAPE. IR RUBBER. CCD CCD ASS’Y PCB ASS’Y. MV830 E. MV830i E. MV800i E. 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 1 1 1 RUBBER. MV800 E.

MV800 E. MV830i E.MV850i E. MV790 E PARTS LIST Lens Unit Section 3 (1) (2) (1) (1) (1)×2 (1) 20 . MV800i E. MV830 E.

MV830 E. MV800 E. MV800i E. XA4-9170-407 000 YH8-2030-000 000 DG3-1172-000 000 CLASS Q’TY F C C 6 1 1 DESCRIPTION SCREW IG METER ASS’Y LENS ASS’Y 21 REMARKS NEW NEW . MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL 1 2 3 PART NO.MV850i E. MV830i E.

DMC III PARTS LIST Mechanical Chassis Section-1 1 3 9 (10) 4 3×3 2 5 7 6 8 22 .

HOUSING 23 REMARKS . SLIDE COVER. CASSETTE SCREW SCREW DRUM ASS’Y WASHER 6 7 8 9 10 DF1-1703-000 DA2-2116-000 DA2-2115-000 DY1-8501-000 DA3-2130-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C B C 1 1 1 1 1 IDLER ASS’Y SPRING.DMC III PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION 1 2 3 4 5 DG1-4506-000 XA1-7140-147 DA2-2138-000 DY1-8500-000 DA2-2139-000 PART NO. 000 000 000 000 000 B C C E C 1 1 4 1 1 COMPARTMENT ASS’Y. COIL (DRUM) SCREW CHASSIS ASS’Y.

DMC III PARTS LIST Mechanical Chassis Section-2 1 3 2 1 4 9 5 6 11 10 7 8 12 6 13 24 .

T LEVER.DMC III PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY 1 2 3 4 5 DA2-0645-000 DG1-4504-000 DS1-0193-000 DF1-1693-000 DF1-1694-000 PART NO. MAIN T SPRING. TENSION DESCRIPTION 6 7 8 9 10 DA2-2139-000 DF1-1704-000 DS1-0199-000 DG1-4505-000 DA2-2220-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 2 1 1 1 1 WASHER BRAKE ASS’Y. COIL (T BRAKE) REVIEW ARM ASS’Y 25 REMARKS . COIL (S BRAKE) REEL ASS’Y. S SPRING. EJECT 11 12 13 DA2-2238-000 000 DS1-0198-000 000 DF1-1695-000 000 C C C 1 1 1 BRAKE. TENSION RELEASE ASS’Y. 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 2 1 1 1 1 WASHER REEL ASS’Y. S SPRING. COIL (TENSION) BRAKE ASS’Y.

DMC III PARTS LIST Mechanical Chassis Section-3 1 2×2 (5) (4) 3 8 (6) 2×3 9 (14) 2×2 (7) 11 12 13 2 10 26 .

DMC III PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY 1 2 3 4 5 DG1-4502-000 DA2-2261-000 DG1-4497-010 DF1-1687-000 DF1-1688-000 PART NO. GUIDE T DESCRIPTION 6 7 8 9 10 DA2-0780-000 DF1-1686-000 DA2-2259-000 DG1-4503-000 XA1-7140-147 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 1 1 1 SCREW DRUM BASE ASS’Y SCREW MOTOR ASS’Y. 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 8 1 1 1 MOTOR ASS’Y. PINCH WASHER SPRING. COIL (PINCH) GEAR. CAPSTAN SCREW 11 12 13 14 DG1-4500-000 DA2-2139-000 DS1-0192-000 DA2-2128-010 000 000 000 000 C C C C 1 1 1 1 ROLLER ASS’Y. GUIDE S ROLLER ASS’Y. LOADING S 27 REMARKS . LOADING SCREW GUIDE RAIL ASS’Y ROLLER ASS’Y.

DMC III PARTS LIST Mechanical Chassis Section-4 1 3 8 4 9 5 2 11 6 7 10 28 .

WHEEL WASHER GEAR. CAPSTAN CHASSIS ASS’Y. TENSION CAM 29 REMARKS . PULLEY GEAR. CAM SCREW BELT. 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 1 1 1 LEVER. TIMING GEAR.DMC III PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY 1 2 3 4 5 DA2-2191-010 XA1-7140-147 DA2-2196-000 DA2-2197-000 DA2-2190-000 PART NO. CONNECT DESCRIPTION 6 7 8 9 10 DA2-2140-000 DA2-2188-000 DA2-2139-000 DA2-2195-000 DG1-4501-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 1 1 1 WASHER GEAR. MAIN 11 DA2-2192-000 000 C 1 GUIDE.

S.MV850i E.S. (Product available) 2 JAPAN USA EUROPE AUSTRALIA PLUG TYPE CHINA N.) NB-2L/NB-2LH BP-2L12/BP-2L14 SDC-8M 4 (5) 3 MV850i E.S.830 E ONLY 30 . MV790 E PARTS LIST Accessory Section-1 CG-570 N. (Product available) CA-570S/CA-570 N. MV800 E. (Product available) CG-580 N. MV830i E.S. (Product available) (Commercially available.830i E. MV800i E. N.S. (Product available) 1 CB-570 N. MV830 E.Make copy WL-D85(E) sample pictures if necessary.S.

TERMINAL NB-2L 4 D83-0712-000 000 B 1 WIRELESS CONTROLLER.830i E. MV800 E. WL-D85(E) 5 DY1-8777-000 000 C 1 HOLDER. AC. EUROPE CABLE. MV830 E NEW NEW . AUSTRALIA CABLE. AC. CHINA COVER.830i E. AC. MV830i E. MV800i E. LITHIUM BATTERY 1 2 PART NO. MV830 E. MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY 3 DY1-8531-000 D82-0643-000 D82-0645-001 WT3-5087-000 CD1-4054-010 000 000 000 000 000 C B B B C 1 1 1 1 1 CORD. DC (CA-570) CABLE. DESCRIPTION 31 REMARKS FOR EUROPE FOR AUSTRALIA FOR CHINA MV850i E. MV830 E MV850i E.MV850i E.

MV850i E. MV790 E PARTS LIST Accessory Section-2 N. MV830i E.S. MV800i E. (Product available) N.S. (Product available) TL-28 WD-28 3 3 2 2 IFC-300PCU N. MV800 E. (Product available) FS-28 1 WIDE ATTACHMENT MV850i E ONLY N. (Product available) 4 SS-900 32 PC-A10 5 .S.S. MV830 E.

SHOULDER SS-900 33 REMARKS MV850i E NEW . REAR STRAP.MV850i E. MV830i E. MV830 E. MV790 E PARTS LIST MECHANICAL PARTS SYMBOL 1 2 3 4 PART NO. D55-0270-000 DA1-5765-000 DY1-8445-000 D81-1470-000 000 000 000 000 CLASS Q’TY B C C B 1 1 1 1 DESCRIPTION WIDE ATTACHMENT(LENS) CAP. MV800i E. MV800 E. FRONT CAP.

5 1. MV790 E PARTS LIST FUSE Replacement Instruction CAUTION . REPLACE FU3201.MV850i E. MAIN PCB FU3201 FU3202 IC300 IC301 IC1200 IC100 IC3203 IC801 34 FU1800 FU3203 .0A-32V FUSE. MV800i E. AND REPLACE FU3203. MV830 E. MV800 E.FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE. MV830i E. FU3202 ONLY WITH SAME TYPE : 494001 1.5A-32V FUSE MANUFACTURER: LITTELFUSE. FU1800 ONLY WITH SAME TYPE : 49401.

33P NEW NEW LCD PCB CN901 VS1-7494-025 000 C 1 CONNECTOR. 21P FUSE FUSE FUSE MV800i E. MV800i E. 27P CONNECTOR.830i E. SCART PC-A10 MAIN PCB CN100 CN100 CN2101 VS1-7451-023 000 VS1-7457-008 000 VS1-7451-033 000 C C C 1 1 1 CONNECTOR.790 E MV850i E.800 E.790 E MV850i E.800 E.830i E.790 E NEW FU3203 JACK PCB CN1 CN1 CN3 VD7-2241-501 000 C 1 FUSE VS1-7451-023 000 VS1-7451-033 000 WS1-6581-000 000 C C C 1 1 1 CONNECTOR.830 E NEW NEW CN100 CN101 VS1-7451-027 000 VS1-7451-033 000 C C 1 1 CONNECTOR. 8P CONNECTOR.830i E. USB SWITCH DETECT MV850i E. MV830 E.830 E NEW NEW CN4 CN5 SW1 WS3-5976-000 000 WS1-6296-000 000 WC4-5222-000 000 C C C 1 1 1 JACK. 33P JACK. MV790 E PARTS LIST ELECTRICAL PARTS SYMBOL CLASS Q’TY 5 D82-0514-000 000 B 1 ADAPTER. 33P MV850i E. DESCRIPTION REMARKS R-KEY PCB 35 . 23P CONNECTOR. A/V MV800i E.MV850i E. 23P CONNECTOR. 23P NEW CN2101 CN303 FU1800 FU3201 FU3202 PART NO. 23P CONNECTOR. 25P NEW CVF PCB CN4101 VS1-7451-023 000 C 1 CONNECTOR.800 E. DV JACK.830 E MV800i E.830i E. MV830i E.830 E NEW NEW NEW VS1-7451-023 VS1-7451-021 VD7-2241-501 VD7-2241-001 VD7-2241-001 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 1 1 1 CONNECTOR. MV800 E.

AC. TRIPOD KNOB.830i E.25. CCD FPC COVER. MV800 E. MV830 E. AUSTRALIA WIRELESS CONTROLLER. MAIN T 27 27 17 17 17 DA2-2259-000 DA2-2261-000 DA3-0161-000 DA3-0732-000 DA3-0941-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 8 1 1 3 SCREW SCREW CASE. INSULATION DA2-2115-000 DA2-2116-000 DA2-2128-010 DA2-2138-000 DA2-2139-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 1 4 5 SCREW SPRING. WL-D85(E) 33 DA1-5765-000 000 C 1 CAP.800 E. AC. EUROPE CABLE. C EJECT NEW NEW 3 9 9 DA3-2365-000 000 DA3-2372-000 000 DA3-2373-000 000 C C C 1 1 1 COVER. FRONT 17 17 25 27 19 DA1-9903-000 DA2-0314-000 DA2-0645-000 DA2-0780-000 DA2-1641-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 2 1 1 LABEL. COIL (DRUM) GEAR.830i E. CAM GUIDE. MV830 E MV850i E. TIMING GEAR. TENSION CAM 29 29 29 25 25 DA2-2195-000 DA2-2196-000 DA2-2197-000 DA2-2220-000 DA2-2238-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 1 1 1 GEAR. KEY RD 23 23 27 23 23. MV830 E MV830 E MV800i E. EJECT BRAKE. MV790 E NEW NEW NEW NEW . WHEEL GEAR.830i E.27. CARD LID 9 7 9 DA3-2376-000 000 DA3-2377-000 000 DA3-2382-000 000 C B B 1 1 1 HOLDER. CCD TAPE. MV800i E.830i E. S CHASSIS SPRING. SHIELD HA SHEET NYLON RUBBER. TOP LID. HOUSING HOLDER. LENS WIDE ATTACHMENT(LENS) STRAP.29 DESCRIPTION 36 REMARKS MV850i E FOR EUROPE FOR AUSTRALIA MV850i E. PULLEY LEVER. PANEL 9 DA3-2375-000 000 C 1 SHAFT. PLATE WASHER SCREW RUBBER. SCART PC-A10 31 31 31 D82-0643-000 000 D82-0645-001 000 D83-0712-000 000 B B B 1 1 1 CABLE. LENS NEW NEW 17 17 19 3 9 DA3-2349-000 DA3-2350-000 DA3-2352-000 DA3-2358-000 DA3-2359-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C B B 1 1 2 1 1 SHIELD. PANEL LOCK NEW NEW NEW 9 DA3-2374-000 000 B 1 HOOK. CARD NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW 9 DA3-2361-000 000 B 1 KNOB. INSULATION 17 19 23 17 17 DA3-1026-000 DA3-1028-000 DA3-2130-000 DA3-2346-000 DA3-2348-000 000 000 000 000 000 F C C B C 2 1 1 1 3 SCREW RUBBER. KEY RD 7 9 DA3-2362-000 000 DA3-2364-000 000 B B 1 1 BASE. BLINDFOLD SPRING. 000 000 000 000 000 C B B B B 1 1 1 1 1 COVER. CAPSTAN BELT. TERMINAL NB-2L CAP. MV830i E. PANEL LOCK HOLDER.830i E. MV830 E MV850i E. R KEY 1 FPC LABEL CAUTION KNOB. MV790 E PARTS LIST PARTS LIST PAGE CLASS Q’TY 31 3 33 33 33 CD1-4054-010 D52-0300-000 D55-0270-000 D81-1470-000 D82-0514-000 PART NO.MV850i E. MV830 E MV850i E. CONNECT LEVER. CCD COVER. MV830 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW MV850i E. SHOULDER SS-900 ADAPTER. LOADING S SCREW WASHER 29 29 29 29 29 DA2-2140-000 DA2-2188-000 DA2-2190-000 DA2-2191-010 DA2-2192-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 1 1 1 WASHER GEAR. PM SHIELD. MAIN ABSORBER.

PLATE. LABEL. MV790 E MV830 E MV830 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW . TENSION REVIEW ARM ASS’Y IDLER ASS’Y 25 7 27 27 29 DF1-1704-000 DF1-5087-000 DG1-4497-010 DG1-4500-000 DG1-4501-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 1 1 1 BRAKE ASS’Y. TENSION RELEASE ASS’Y. CVF 15 15 DA3-2494-000 000 DA3-2495-000 000 C C 1 1 CUSHION.800 E. DIOPTER COVER.800 E. NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW 11 11 11 11 DA3-2479-000 DA3-2481-000 DA3-2484-000 DA3-2485-000 000 000 000 000 B B B B 1 1 1 1 COVER. MV830 E MV790 E MV800i E. MV800i E. HINGE TOP 15 15 DA3-2490-000 000 DA3-2491-000 000 C B 1 1 EYECUP. PANEL LOCK 7 5 3 5 5 DA3-2388-000 DA3-2425-000 DA3-2426-000 DA3-2429-000 DA3-2446-000 000 000 000 000 000 C B B B B 1 1 1 1 1 SCREW. LABEL. CVF INNER B 15 15 DA3-2492-000 000 DA3-2493-000 000 C B 1 1 HOLDER. GUIDE T BRAKE ASS’Y. PAN HEAD NAME MV790 TOP BADGE NAME MV850i NAME MV830i LCD LCD LCD LCD TOP TOP TOP TOP REMARKS MV850i E. MAIN 37 MACH. NAME MV800i COVER ASS’Y. CVF CU DRUM BASE ASS’Y ROLLER ASS’Y. LCD COVER LABEL. HINGE BOTTOM COVER. COVER. MV790 E PARTS LIST PARTS LIST PAGE CLASS Q’TY 7 DA3-2384-000 000 PART NO. CVF 15 11 DA3-2504-000 000 DA3-2506-000 000 B B 1 1 COVER. NAME MV800 LABEL. COVER.830i E. MV790 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW MV850i E. B 1 LABEL CAUTION DESCRIPTION 9 DA3-2387-000 000 B 1 HOLDER. HINGE TOP MV850i E. CVF NEW NEW 15 15 15 15 15 DA3-2496-000 DA3-2497-000 DA3-2498-000 DA3-2499-000 DA3-2500-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C B B 1 1 1 1 1 SPRING. MV800 E. S CASSETTE LOCK ASS’Y GUIDE RAIL ASS’Y ROLLER ASS’Y. LABEL. MV830 E MV800i E. CVF LCD REFRECTOR. PINCH CHASSIS ASS’Y. CVF ABSORBER. CVF INNER COVER. CVF DUST NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW 15 15 DA3-2501-000 000 DA3-2503-000 000 C B 1 1 PLATE. LCD COVER. MV830i E. OPERATION KEY FPC 11 11 9 11 11 DA3-2471-000 DA3-2472-000 DA3-2474-000 DA3-2475-000 DA3-2476-000 000 000 000 000 000 C B B B B 1 1 1 1 1 HOLDER. LCD TOP 11 5 15 27 27 DA3-2511-000 DA3-2532-000 DA3-2543-000 DF1-1686-000 DF1-1687-000 000 000 000 000 000 C B C C C 4 1 1 1 1 SHEET.830i E. CVF GAP COVER. MV800i E. MV790 E MV800i E. LCD TOP COVER. GUIDE S 27 25 25 25 23 DF1-1688-000 DF1-1693-000 DF1-1694-000 DF1-1695-000 DF1-1703-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 1 1 1 ROLLER ASS’Y. NAME MV830 TAPE. LI TAPE.830i E. CVF KNOB KNOB.MV850i E. MV830 E MV850i E MV830i E MV800 E MV800i E NEW NEW NEW NEW 11 11 DA3-2486-000 000 DA3-2487-000 000 B B 1 1 COVER. CVF LENS COVER.800 E. MV790 E MV790 E MV850i E MV830i E MV800 E MV800i E MV850i E. CVF CLICK DIFFUSER. 5 5 3 17 DA3-2449-000 DA3-2450-000 DA3-2459-000 DA3-2470-000 000 000 000 000 B B B C 1 1 1 1 LABEL. MV830 E.830i E. MASK COVER. LCD BOTTOM COVER. RH COVER.800 E. COVER.

MV790 E MV850i E MV830i E. MV790 E MV850i E. R KEY 1 KEY ASS’Y. 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C B 1 1 1 1 1 MOTOR ASS’Y. R KEY 2 FPC.830i E. MV830 E NEW NEW NEW NEW MV850i E. NEW NEW NEW MV830 E 38 NEW NEW NEW NEW MV850i E.830i E. LEFT 5 DG3-0844-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y. COIL (S BRAKE) CAP. REAR DRUM ASS’Y CHASSIS ASS’Y. CAPSTAN REEL ASS’Y. S REEL ASS’Y. DC CCD ASS’Y PCB ASS’Y.MV850i E. LI 11 7 15 7 DG3-0827-000 DG3-0828-000 DG3-0829-000 DG3-0832-000 000 000 000 000 C C C B 1 1 1 1 PCB ASS’Y. MV830 E MV800i E. IR SPRING. LEFT 3 5 DG3-0845-000 000 DG3-0846-000 000 B B 1 1 COVER ASS’Y. FRONT 3 DG3-0886-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y. DMC III PCB ASS’Y. MAIN PCB ASS’Y. FORNT KEY ASS’Y. JACK 13 DG3-0887-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y. JACK MAIN NEW NEW NEW 15 DH2-5321-000 000 C 1 FPC. CASSETTE REMARKS 17 19 3 DG1-4515-000 000 DG3-0824-000 000 DG3-0825-000 000 C C C 1 1 1 RECORDER UNIT. FRONT COVER ASS’Y. MV790 E MV850i E MV830i E. CVF SWITCH OPEN 9 5 DG3-0833-000 000 DG3-0834-000 000 C B 1 1 FPC ASS’Y. MV830 E MV850i E. MAIN MV850i E. FRONT COVER ASS’Y. MV830i E. MV790 E NEW MV850i E.800 E. CCD FPC.830 E MV800 E NEW MV800i E. COIL (TENSION) 25 25 33 23 23 DS1-0198-000 DS1-0199-000 DY1-8445-000 DY1-8500-000 DY1-8501-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C E B 1 1 1 1 1 SPRING.830i E. OPERATION 11 11 DG3-0837-000 000 DG3-0838-000 000 C C 1 1 HINGE ASS’Y.830i E. MV790 E MV800i E. REAR 3 3 3 DG3-0852-000 000 DG3-0853-000 000 DG3-0854-000 000 B B B 1 1 1 COVER ASS’Y.800 E. COIL (PINCH) SPRING. LCD FPC ASS’Y.800 E.800 E.790 E MV800i E. CCD PCB ASS’Y. MV790 E MV800i E.800 E.830 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW .800 E. MV800i E. OPERATION 13 DG3-0847-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y. LOADING MOTOR ASS’Y. JACK 13 DG3-0826-000 000 C 1 PCB ASS’Y. REAR 13 DG3-0848-000 000 B 1 COVER ASS’Y. MV830 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW MV800i E. CVF 3 DH2-5322-000 000 C 1 FPC. MV790 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW MV800i E. T COMPARTMENT ASS’Y. LCD 11 5 DG3-0839-000 000 DG3-0841-000 000 C B 1 1 BACK LIGHT ASS’Y COVER ASS’Y. R KEY 2 PCB ASS’Y. LI 21 DG3-1172-000 000 C 1 LENS ASS’Y NEW 19 7 3 DH2-5313-000 000 DH2-5316-000 000 DH2-5317-000 000 C C C 1 1 1 FPC. JACK MAIN 19 27 25 DH9-0851-000 000 DS1-0192-000 000 DS1-0193-000 000 C C C 1 1 1 FILTER. MV800 E. COIL (T BRAKE) SPRING. LCD PCB ASS’Y. DC (CA-570) PCB ASS’Y.830i E. MV830 E. SLIDE 31 13 19 17 17 DY1-8531-000 DY1-8754-000 DY1-8756-000 DY1-8759-000 DY1-8763-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 1 1 1 1 CORD.800 E. MV790 E PARTS LIST PARTS LIST PAGE CLASS Q’TY DESCRIPTION 27 27 25 25 23 DG1-4502-000 DG1-4503-000 DG1-4504-000 DG1-4505-000 DG1-4506-000 PART NO.

MV850i E. NEW MV830 E MV850i E. CVF LCD WR1-5090-000 000 WS1-6296-000 000 C C 1 1 SPEAKER JACK. MAIN COVER ASS’Y. 21P CONNECTOR. USB WS1-6581-000 000 WS3-5976-000 000 C C 1 1 JACK. RIGHT MV800 E. MV830 E MV800i E. MV830 E NEW NEW FOR CHINA NEW NEW . SELECTION COVER ASS’Y.9. RIGHT COVER ASS’Y.830i E. MV800i E. LITHIUM BATTERY MV800i E MV850i E. MAIN PCB ASS’Y.830i E. CHINA SCREW SCREW SCREW SCREW 3 3 7.790 E NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW 9 31 DY1-8775-000 000 DY1-8777-000 000 B C 1 1 COVER ASS’Y.800 E. 25P SWITCH DETECT LCD. 8P VS1-7494-025 WC4-5222-000 WG2-5241-000 WG2-5275-000 000 000 000 000 C C C C 1 1 1 1 CONNECTOR. RIGHT 17 DY1-8809-000 VD7-2241-001 VD7-2241-501 VS1-7451-021 VS1-7451-023 000 000 000 000 000 C C C C C 1 2 2 1 4 PCB ASS’Y.27.830i E. A/V JACK.21 3 3.11 3. EYEPIECE *1 PART NO.15. 27P CONNECTOR. 33P VS1-7457-008 000 C 1 CONNECTOR.17 11 WT3-5087-000 XA1-7140-147 XA1-7170-257 XA1-7170-307 XA1-7170-357 000 000 000 000 000 B C F F F 1 3 4 12 3 CABLE. NEW NEW NEW MV790 E *2 15 11 7 17 21 15 39 NEW NEW MV850i E.19 XA1-7170-407 XA1-7170-507 XA4-9170-407 XA4-9170-457 XA4-9170-557 000 000 000 000 000 F F F F F 2 1 15 3 8 SCREW SCREW SCREW SCREW SCREW XA9-1167-000 000 YH8-2030-000 000 YN1-3551-000 000 F C C 3 1 1 SCREW IG METER ASS’Y LENS. MV830 E. MV830 E NEW NEW 11 9 DY1-8796-000 000 DY1-8808-000 000 C B 1 1 LCD. RIGHT COVER ASS’Y. AC. MV800 E. MAIN FUSE FUSE CONNECTOR.830i E. RIGHT HOLDER.7. DV 31 23. MV790 E PARTS LIST PARTS LIST PAGE CLASS Q’TY 17 17 9 9 9 DY1-8767-000 DY1-8769-000 DY1-8770-000 DY1-8771-000 DY1-8774-000 000 000 000 000 000 C C B B B 1 1 1 1 1 PCB ASS’Y.9. 23P VS1-7451-027 000 VS1-7451-033 000 C C 1 3 CONNECTOR.29 7. MV830i E.790 E MV800i E MV850i E MV830i E MV800 E. DESCRIPTION REMARKS MV830 E NEW NEW MV830 E NEW MV850i E.

.

BLOCK DIAGRAMS CONTENTS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM BLOCK DIAGRAMS CAMERA SECTION-1 CAMERA SECTION-2 CAMERA SECTION-3 SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION SERVO SECTION AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2 POWER SUPPLY SECTION LCD PCB SECTION JACK SECTION .

MV790 E Only 40P LI PCB MAIN PCB JACK PCB SPEAKER CN101 1 2 CN2101 22 23 CN1 27P 23 22 23P 23P BACK LIGHT 2 1 8 CN100 HINGE UNIT 1 CN11 8P 8P 25P 8 1 CN3201 CN701 DMC III ( DIGITAL MECHANICAL CHASSIS III ) SLIDE CHASSIS MAIN CHASSIS 22P DRUM MOTOR 18P VIDEO HEAD 11P 40P LOADING MOTOR 7P WP4202 10P LCD PCB 5P IC4201 FRONT ASS'Y 40 CN902 1 23 CN1501 1 22 JACK PCB 22P 21P 18P 11P 18P 2 7P 23P 24 25 10P 25P AV JACK 21 CN303 1 22 2 CN3 18 IC1601 2 1 11 IC1002 18 CN1001 1 IC2000 1 2 SD CARD 31P 33 32 IC301 33P CN10 IC100 DC PCB IC1103 1 31 30 IC1200 33P 2 1 CN2 A15 A1 CN103 5P B1 5 IC2300 CN3212 B15 IC3201 22 23 IC2302 IC2301 CN100 IC3203 IC801 5P A1 4 1 CN701 2 1 B1 4P CN2900 A15 B15 23P 1 CN3202 5 23P DC JACK 1 2 CN11 Metal contact (Pins' face down) Metal contact (Pins' face up) : : IC3202 3 4P 10P CN102 IC1001 1 WP4201 1 32 33 CN1 CN5 2 10 CN101 1 21 IC300 CN901 CN301 1 10 CN4 IC1602 USB JACK 1 CN1200 1 2 CN2101 DV JACK 20 IC1102 CN300 CN302 LI PCB CN2000 7 1 MAIN PCB CN3201 23 22 5P 3P 3P 1 3 1 Metal contact Metal contact REAR COVER UNIT Note) The CN10 of LI PCB is not mounted in ZR100 A.MV830i E. 2005 .MV800 E.MV790 E CVF PCB 23 R KEY 1 FPC ZOOM SENS ZOOM MOTOR LCD 22 2 CN4101 CCD PCB TEMP SENS LCD UNIT 1 CN1070 1 1 CN1070 CN4102 23P 18 22 22P 22P 5P 18P CN103 1 5 FOCUS MOTOR 5P LCD FOCUS SENS IG METER 32 33 33P CN101 27P 1 2 CN100 RKEY2 PCB 2 1 OPERATION KEY ASS'Y 27 26 OPEN SWITCH 23P ZR100 A MV800i E.MV830 E. 2005 C CANON INC.MV800 E.INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM LENS UNIT MV850i E. MV800i E. MV800E and MV790E. 01 Jan.MV800i E.

7V 9 CARD DET 10 CARD PRO 11 CARD CMD 12 GND 13 CARD DAT1 14 GND 15 CARD DAT 16 GND 17 CARD SCK 18 GND 19 CARD DAT3 20 GND 21 CARD DAT2 22 GND 23 GND CN101 1 VTR PW SW 2 CAM PW SW 3 GND 4 START/STOP SW 5 TAPE/CARD SW 6 GND 7 ZOOM AD 8 CK 3V 9 PHOTO SW 10 HALF PHOTO SW CN102 1 KEY AD0 2 KEY AD1 3 KEY AD2 4 SP2 + 5 SP1 − 6 PNL OP SW 7 PNL B/T SW 8 LCD ON 9 DAC LCD COM 10 LCD VCOM 11 LCD R 12 LCD G 13 LCD B 14 GND 15 GND 16 LCD2.C A6 DEBCLK A7 GND A8 DEBUD A9 GND A10 DEBDD A11 GND A12 XDEBEN A13 GND A14 GND A15 E3V+LI3V B1 GND B2 FLASH CLK B3 FLASH RST B4 FLASH RXD1 B5 FLASH TXD1 B6 N.7V 14 B 15 R 16 G 17 VDD 18 CKH2 19 CKH1 20 STH 21 XSTH 22 VSS 23 VSS CN4102 1 COM 2 CKV1 3 CKV2 4 STV 5 XSTV 6 XENB 7 ENB 8 CSV 9 VBB 10 DSD 11 XDSG 12 DSG 13 B 14 R 15 G 16 CSH 17 VDD 18 CKH2 19 CKH1 20 VSS 21 STH 22 XSTH JACK PCB CN1 1 GND 2 RMC IN 3 P5V 4 CAM LED 5 GND 6 GND 7 D+ 8 D− 9 GND 10 VBUS 11 GND 12 GND 13 XTPB 14 TPB 15 GND 16 XTPA 17 TPA 18 GND 19 GND 20 Y GY OUT 21 GY GND 22 P GY OUT 23 AVDD2.C 25 MO GND 26 MO GND 27 MO GND CN101 1 MO GND 2 MO GND 3 MO GND 4 N.7V 13 VIC HD 14 VIC VD 15 POL(A FRP) 16 DE 17 LCD CS 18 LCD EEP SOUT 19 LCD EEP SCK 20 BL CTRL 21 BL ON 22 VTR UNREG 23 VTR UNREG 24 N.MV790 E INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM MAIN PCB CN100 1 LI 3V 2 DIAL CCW 3 DIAL CW 4 KEY AD3 5 PAE GRN 6 VTR UNREG 7 CARD ACC CHA LED 8 DVDD2.5V) 9 VH(+15V) 10 GND 11 VSUB 12 V4 13 V3 14 V2 15 V1 16 GND 17 CCD OUT 18 GND ZR100 A MV800i E.MV800 E.5V 12 GND 13 H2 14 GND 15 H1 16 GND 17 RESET 18 GND CN1200 1 ZOOM LED 2 ZOOM SENS 3 FOCUS LED 4 FOCUS SENS 5 FOCUS VCC 6 DRIVE (−) 7 DRIVE (+) 8 HALL IN(+) 9 HALL OUT(+) 10 HALL IN(−) 11 HALL OUT(−) 12 TEMP 13 TEMP 2.7V 16 DARD ACC CHA LED 17 VTR UNREG 18 PAE GRN 19 KEY AD3 20 DIAL CW 21 DIAL CCW 22 LI 3V CCD PCB CN1070 1 GND 2 RESET 3 GND 4 H1 5 GND 6 H2 7 GND 8 VL(−7.7V 11 DSG 12 XDSG 13 DSD 14 VBB 15 ENB 16 XENB 17 XSTV 18 STV 19 CKV2 20 CKV1 21 COM 22 P5V 23 P5V CN2000 1 HA GND 2 H1A 3 H1B 4 HA GND 5 H2A 6 H2B 7 HA GND MAIN PCB CN2101 1 AV GND 2 AV GND 3 V I/O/HP R 4 AV GND 5 AV DET 6 AV L/HP L 7 AV R 8 AV GND 9 EJECT SW 10 AVDD2.C 3 KEY AD2 4 GND 5 GND LCD PCB CN901 1 MO GND 2 MO GND 3 NC 4 VTR UNREG 5 VTR UNREG 6 BL ON 7 BL CTRL 8 LCD EEP SCK 9 LCD EEP SOUT 10 LCD CS 11 DE 12 POL(A FRP) 13 VIC VD 14 VIC HD 15 LCD2.7V 14 ZOOM−A 15 ZOOM A 16 ZOOM B 17 ZOOM−B 18 FOCUS B 19 FOCUS−B 20 FOCUS−A 21 FOCUS A CN1501 1 VSS 2 XSTH 3 STH 4 CKH1 5 CKH2 6 VDD 7 G 8 R 9 B 10 BL2.MV850i E.7V 12 LCD2.7V 17 LCD2.C 5 VTR UNREG 6 VTR UNREG 7 BL ON 8 BL CTRL 9 LCD EEP SCK 10 LCD EEP SOUT 11 LCD CS 12 DE 13 POL(A FRP) 14 VIC VD 15 VIC HD 16 LCD2.C B7 DVDD3V B8 CG CS B9 EEP/CG CLK B10 EEP/CG SO B11 DOT CLK B12 OSD I0 B13 OSD I1 B14 VIC HD B15 VIC VD CN300 1 U 2 U 3 V 4 V 5 DFG 6 DPG 7 SENS COM 8 SENS GARD 9 COIL COM 10 W 11 W CN301 1 LOAD(+) 2 LOAD(+) 3 MSW VSS 4 MSW VCC 5 MSW SENS 6 LOAD(−) 7 LOAD(−) 8 DEW + 9 DEW − 10 N.C MAIN PCB CN302 1 UCOIL 2 UCOIL 3 WCOIL 4 WCOIL 5 VCOIL 6 VCOIL 7 CH− 8 W− 9 W+ 10 C H + 11 U + 12 U − 13 V + 14 V − 15 CFG2 16 CFG GND 17 CFG VCC 18 CFG1 CN303 1 BOT E 2 BOT C 3 MIC GND 4 MIC3 5 REC PRF 6 MIC2 7 MIC1 8 TIN − 9 TOUT − 10 TIN + 11 TOUT + 12 C IN 13 CIN GND 14 LED A 15 LED K 16 SIN − 17 SOUT − 18 SIN + 19 SOUT + 20 EOT E 21 EOT C CN701 1 INT MIC GND R 2 INT MIC R 3 INT MIC GND L 4 INT MIC L CN1001 1 GND 2 CCD OUT 3 GND 4 V1 5 V2 6 V3 7 V4 8 VSUB 9 GND 10 CCD VH 15V 11 CCD VL −7.MV790 E Only MAIN PCB CN100 1 LI 3V 2 DIAL CCW 3 DIAL CW 4 KEY AD3 5 PAE GRN 6 VTR UNREG 7 CHAGE LED 8 GND CN2101 1 AV GND 2 AV GND 3 V I/O/HP R 4 AV GND 5 AV DET 6 AV L/HP L 7 AV R 8 AV GND 9 EJECT SW 10 AVDD2.MV830 E MV800i E.7V 24 EJECT SW 25 AV GND 26 AV R 27 AV L/HP L 28 AV DET 29 AV GND 30 V I/O/HP R 31 AV GND 32 AV GND 33 AV GND CN2 1 GND 2 GND 3 RMC IN 4 P5V 5 CAM LED LI PCB CN10 1 MMC RSV 2 MMC CMD 3 MMC VSS1 4 MMC VDD 5 MMC SCK 6 MMC VSS1 7 MMC DAT 8 MMC DAT1 9 MMC DAT2 10 CARD PRO 11 GND 12 CARD DET CN11 1 GND 2 CARD DAT2 3 GND 4 CARD DAT3 5 GND 6 CARD SCK 7 GND 8 CARD DAT 9 GND 10 CARD DAT1 11 GND 12 CARD CMD 13 CARD PRO 14 CARD DET 15 DVDD2.7V 11 P GY OUT 12 GY GND 13 Y GY OUT 14 GND 15 GND 16 TPA 17 XTPA 18 GND 19 TPB 20 XTPB 21 GND 22 GND 23 VBUS 24 GND 25 D − 26 D + 27 GND 28 GND 29 CAM LED 30 P5V 31 RMC IN 32 GND 33 GND CN2900 A1 V I/O A2 GND A3 VTR POW SW A4 RMC IN A5 CAM POW SW A6 FCH O A7 TCK A8 SWP A9 GND A10 PBRF A11 EVF R A12 EVF G A13 LCD G A14 LCD R A15 FCH 1 B1 EVF HD B2 MODE RESET B3 VTR ON IC3201 B4 VTR UNREG B5 MIC2 B6 MIC3 B7 TRST B8 TMS B9 TDI B10 TDO B11 EVF COM B12 EVF B B13 LCD B B14 DAC LCD COM B15 LCD VCOM CN3201 1 DC − 2 DC + 3 DC J SW CN3202 1 BATT − 2 BATT − 3 BATT INFO AD 4 BATT + 5 BATT + RKEY2 PCB CN100 1 PNL B/T SW 2 GND 3 LCD ON 4 DAC LCD COM 5 LCD VCOM 6 PANEL R 7 PANEL G 8 PANEL B 9 GND 10 GND 11 LCD2.7V 18 VIC HD 19 VIC VD 20 POL(A FRP) 21 DE 22 LCD CS 23 LCD EEP SOUT 24 LCD EEP SCK 25 BL CTRL 26 BL ON 27 VTR UNREG 28 VTR UNREG 29 N.7V 18 GND 19 GND 20 PANEL B 21 PANEL G 22 PANEL R 23 LCD VCOM 24 DAC LCD COM 25 LCD ON 26 PNL B/T SW 27 PNL OP SW 28 SP1 − 29 SP2 + 30 KEY AD2 31 KEY AD1 32 KEY AD0 33 KEY AD0 CN103 1 KEY AD RW 2 N.C 30 MO GND 31 MO GND CN103 A1 MODE RESET A2 EPM A3 CE A4 CNVSS A5 N.7V 17 GND 18 GND 19 LCD B 20 LCD G 21 LCD R 22 VCOMAC 23 DAC LCD COM 24 LCD3V ON 25 NC CN902 1 DRV 2 FB 3 ADJ0 4 ADJ1 5 PVDD 6 NC 7 PGND 8 NC 9 LCD R(VA) 10 LCD G(VB) 11 LCD B(VC) 12 SCL 13 SDA 14 CSB 15 GRB 16 VSYNC 17 HSYNC 18 DFRP 19 AGND 20 NC 21 VCI OUT 22 VCC 23 NC 24 GND 25 C1+ 26 C1− 27 C12+ 28 C12− 29 C8+ 30 C8− 31 V3 32 C31+ 33 C31− 34 APOL 35 VCAC 36 VGH 37 VGL 38 VGoffL 39 VGoffH 40 VCOMR CVF PCB CN4101 1 P5V 2 COM 3 CKV1 4 CKV2 5 STV 6 XSTV 7 XENB 8 ENB 9 VBB 10 DSD 11 XDSG 12 DSG 13 BL2.MV800 E.MV830i E.7V 14 EJECT SW 15 AV GND 16 AV R 17 AV L/HP L 18 AV DET 19 AV GND 20 V I/O/HP R 21 AV GND 22 AV GND 23 AV GND CN1 only LI PCB CN11 1 GND 2 CHAGE LED 3 VTR UNREG 4 PAE GRN 5 KEY AD3 6 DIAL CW 7 DIAL CCW 8 LI 3V CN11 only .7V 17 LCD2.7V 11 P GY OUT 12 GY GND 13 Y GY OUT 14 GND 15 GND 16 TPA 17 XTPA 18 GND 19 TPB 20 XTPB 21 GND 22 GND 23 GND JACK PCB CN1 1 GND 2 GND 3 XTPB 4 TPB 5 GND 6 XTPA 7 TPA 8 GND 9 GND 10 Y GY OUT 11 GY GND 12 P GY OUT 13 AVDD2.7V 16 LCD2.

5V RESET H1 H2 CCD OUT VSUB V4 V3 RESET CCD 15V CCD −7.5V) RESET H1 H2 CCD OUT 11 9 H1 12 H2 13 11 15 14 13 12 9 8 2 4 6 17 8 4 5 6 7 10 11 17 15 13 2 CN1001 VSUB V1 V2 V3 V4 CCD VH 15V CCD VL −7.MV800 E. 2005 C CANON INC.MV790 E DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNAL CCD PCB MAIN PCB (1/8) SUB 10 V4 1 VDD 8 CN1070 VSUB V1 V2 V3 V4 VH (+15V) VL (−7.5V H1 H2 CCD OUT VH (+15V) VOUT 7 Q1071 BUFFER CAM 3V 5 IC1002 MM1612JN V OUT 2. 2005 .CAMERA SECTION-1 ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL MV850i E.MV830i E.MV830 E.7V REGULATOR V IN 4 D0 C1 D1 D3 M9 OV2 D2 D2 M5 OSUB D3 D1 M10 OV4 D4 E3 M8 OV3 D5 E1 M7 R D6 F3 L7 H1 L9 H2 C8 CCD OUT M6 DVDD3−1 L8 DVDD3−2 CLKO L3 L10 DVDD3−3 CS A4 E2 DRVDD1 CLR K4 G3 DRVDD2 VCTRL M3 L4 CCD SW HD K2 J3 DVDD2−1 VD K1 H11 DVDD2−2 D10 VDD1 B9 VDD2 C6 DVDD1 B3 VDC IC1001 D7 NN12072A TG/CDS/AGC/AD D8 V-DRIVER D9 XI 2 OV1 L5 3 V3 V2 K6 XO V2 IC1070 VL ICX440WKA-K CCD RG V1 4 K5 V1 F2 F1 G2 SDATA B4 SCK C4 RAWDATA (2) RAWDATA (3) RAWDATA (4) RAWDATA (5) RAWDATA (6) RAWDATA (7) RAWDATA (8) RAWDATA (9) RAWDATA (10) RAWDATA (11) DSP CLK RAWDATA DATA(2) RAWDATA DATA(3) RAWDATA DATA(4) RAWDATA DATA(5) RAWDATA DATA(6) RAWDATA DATA(7) RAWDATA DATA(8) RAWDATA DATA(9) RAWDATA DATA(10) RAWDATA DATA(11) DSP CLK AFE CS AFE RST VGATE XTGHD XTGVD CAM SO CAM SCK TO CAMERA SECTION-3 MAIN PCB AFE CS AFE RST VGATE XTGHD XTGVD CAM SO CAM SCK X1001 36MHz 01 Jan.MV800i E.

7V P5V COM CKV1 CKV2 STV XSTV XENB ENB VBB DSD XDSG DSG B R G VDD CKH2 CKH1 STH XSTH 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 11 12 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 6 14 22 23 10 CN1501 XSTH STH CKH1 CKH2 G R B DSG XDSG ENB XENB XSTV STV CKV2 CKV1 COM DSD VDD VBB P5V P5V BL2.MV800 E. 2005 C CANON INC.5 B7 VM3 D7 VM2 B2 VM1 F8 VC PWM IRIS PWM FA PWM FB PWM ZA TO SERVO SECTON MAIN PCB DA CFG PWM ZB Z PSB TO CAMERA SECTON-3 MAIN PCB PMW ND/DA CFG PWM FA PWM FB PWM ZA PWM ZB Z PSB F PSB PMW IRIS DA LOAD IRIS CL I SW P GY OUT Y GY OUT P GYRO Y GYRO I ENC CAM SO CAM SCK Z RES SW TEMP F RES SW LED RET VF B LCD VF G LCD VF R LCD F PSB DA LOAD IRIS CL I SW Y GY OUT P GY OUT P GYRO Y GYRO I ENC CAM SO CAM SCK TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN PCB CN2900 DAC LCD COM EVF HD EVF COM EVF G EVF R EVF B LCD R LCD G LCD B DAC LCD 3V Q1508 B14 B1 B11 A12 A11 B12 A14 A13 B13 N.MV790 E MAIN PCB (2/8) FOCUS A FOCUS B TO LENS UNIT 21 18 19 20 17 16 14 15 7 6 8 9 10 11 5 2 12 4 1 3 CN1200 FOCUS A FOCUS B FOCUS −B FOCUS −A ZOOM −B ZOOM B ZOOM −A ZOOM A DRIVE (+) DRIVE (−) HALL IN (+) HALL OUT (+) HALL IN (−) HALL OUT (−) FOCUS VCC ZOOM SENS TEMP FOCUS SENS ZOOM LED FOCUS LED FOCUS −B FOCUS −A ZOOM −B ZOOM B ZOOM −A ZOOM A DRIVE (+) AVDD 2.MV830 E.7V Q1506 A−ROUT 47 XSTH STH CKH1 CKH2 G R B DSG XDSG ENB XENB XSTV STV CKV2 P5V CKV1 COM DSD 19 XSTH A−GOUT 45 20 STH A−BOUT 42 21 CKH 2 BIN 60 37 GOUT GIN 59 39 ROUT RIN 58 35 BOUT HDIN 13 24 DSG 23 XDSG 30 ENB Q1510 HD 18 22 CKH 1 IC1501 LV4155W EVF/LCD DRIVER LCD R LCD G LCD B DAC LCD COM VIC HD VIC VD DE POL (A FRP) LCD EEP SCK LCD EEP SOUT EVF SEN EVF 3V ON EVF 8.7V DRIVE (−) HALL IN (+) HALL OUT (+) HALL IN (−) HALL OUT (−) E8 OUT 2 B8 OUT 3 C8 OUT 3B D8 OUT 2B A4 OUT 5B A3 OUT 5 A5 OUT 4B A6 OUT 4 IN 1 E2 IN 2 G8 IN 3 C5 IN 4 C4 IN 5 B3 EN 4 5 B6 EN 2.MV830i E.C Q1505 CVF PCB Q1509 LED4101 LCD (CVF) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 21 22 CN4102 COM CKV1 CKV2 STV XSTV XENB ENB VBB DSD XDSG DSG B R G VDD CKH2 CKH1 STH XSTH Q4101 CN4101 BL2.5V ON LCD ON Q1507 VDIN 12 A−DENB 33 A−FRP 34 29 XENB SCLK 10 25 XSTV DATA 9 26 STV LOAD 8 LCD 2.MV800i E.7V Q1501 TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MAIN PCB 27 CKV2 LCD 8.7V B5 VM4.CAMERA SECTION-2 MV850i E.3 C6 LD B4 IC1200 BH9970GU IRIS CONT LENS DRIVE GAIN1.2 G2 GYRIN1 E5 C1 OUT1B B1 OUT1 E6 HALL2+IN G7 HALL2+OUT D6 HALL2−IN F7 HALL2−OUT E3 GYRIN2 G4 GYRLEV2 F4 GYRLEV1 H4 AELEV2 F6 DI D4 CLK A2 DAC5 OUT F1 DAC3 OUT D3 Q1200 P5V AVDD2. 2005 .5V 28 CKV1 51 COMOUT VCC 1 56 EVF A3V Q1502 SYNC IN 63 53 DSDOUT VDD 1 52 VCCCOM VDD 2 11 44 VCC 2 BLSW 17 5 Q1511 EVF D3V Q1512 Q1503 Q1504 01 Jan.

2005 .CAMERA SECTION-3 MV850i E.MV830 E. 2005 XECS1 AUD1 O XRESET AD1 01 AUD2 I MACS1 I EADDR(0) to (22) EDATA(0) to (15) RDY XECS1 XEWRL XEWRU XERD XDREQ XDACK TRST TMS TCK MACS TDO D+ D− USB FS EN MACS XRST RDY AB16 J6 W24 V23 EADDR M(2) XECS M AC17 G2 AC17 A12 BA0 PWM (0)/PIO D13 NC2 PWM (1)/PIO F5 MADDR L(14) A10/AP C3 C12 A9 PWM (2)/PIO MADDR L(13) A8 PWM (3)/PIO MADDR L(11) A7 C4 D3 A11 A6 SCLK(3)/PIO D12 A5 C11 MADDR L(10) A4 SO(3)/PIO V22 EADDR M(1) 2 D(7)/PIO CAM SO CAM SCK PWM FA PWM FB PWM ZA PWM ZB Z PSB F PSB Z RES SW F RES SW DA LOAD LED RET I SW TEMP P GYRO Y GYRO I ENC IRIS CL PWM ND/DA CFG PWM IRIS E11 EADDR M(0) DQ0 TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 SCS(4)/PIO TO CAMERA SECTION-2 MAIN PCB B11 A3 RAWDATA DATA(2) RAWDATA DATA(3) RAWDATA DATA(4) RAWDATA DATA(5) RAWDATA DATA(6) RAWDATA DATA(7) RAWDATA DATA(8) RAWDATA DATA(9) RAWDATA DATA(10) RAWDATA DATA(11) DSP CLK VGATE XTGHD XTGVD AFE RST AFE CS CAM SO CAM SCK C7 TO CAMERA SECTION-1 MAIN PCB MADDR L(9) A2 IC1102 K4S643233H-UC1L SDRAM C11 23 MADDR L(8) 22 MADDR L(7) 21 A10 24 D11 66 MADDR L(6) 65 MADDR L(5) 64 A9 63 C10 ML ADD14 62 MADDR L(4) ML ADD13 61 B9 ML ADD11 60 MADDR L(3) ML ADD10 27 C9 ML ADD8 ML ADD9 26 MADDR L(2) ML ADD6 ML ADD7 25 D9 ML ADD4 ML ADD5 16 MADDR L(1) ML ADD2 ML ADD3 71 MADDR L(0) ML ADD0 ML ADD1 /CS CLK 28 A1 /RAS 59 A0 /WE 67 DQM0 68 DQM1 20 DQM2 19 CKE 18 DQM3 17 /CAS MAIN PCB (3/8) C CANON INC.MV800i E.MV790 E DIGITAL VIDEO SIGNAL DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL USB SIGNAL PIO(3) Y5 EADDR(23)/PIO Y6 EADDR(24)/PIO C8 SCS(8)/PIO W23 AUD2 I/PIO AIN3 AB16 AIN5 X15 AIN4 Y15 AIN6 Y13 SDR CKE/PIO B2 PWM(5)/PIO E5 PWM(4)/PIO AD2 AE3 AUDI1 AUDO2 B14 C14 MDQM L(0) MDQM L(1) A8 B15 A15 D15 C8 MDQM L(2) MDQM L(3) MCKE L MCLK L XMCS L A13 A14 XMRAS L C13 XMWE L XMCAS L BA1 PIO(2) SDLSEL/PIO V24 V25 ML DATA0 C21 MDATA L(0) EADDR M(3) DQ1 4 ML DATA1 B20 MDATA L(1) EADDR M(4) W22 DQ2 5 ML DATA2 C20 MDATA L(2) EADDR M(5) W23 DQ3 7 ML DATA3 D20 MDATA L(3) EADDR M(6) W24 DQ4 8 ML DATA4 A19 MDATA L(4) EADDR M(7) W25 DQ5 10 ML DATA5 B19 MDATA L(5) EADDR M(8) Y23 DQ6 11 ML DATA6 D19 MDATA L(6) EADDR M(9) Y24 DQ7 13 ML DATA7 A18 MDATA L(7) EADDR M(10) Y25 DQ8 74 ML DATA8 B18 MDATA L(8) EADDR M(11) AA22 DQ9 76 ML DATA9 C18 MDATA L(9) EADDR M(12) AA23 DQ10 77 ML DATA10 D18 MDATA L(10) EADDR M(13) AA24 DQ11 79 ML DATA11 A17 MDATA L(11) EADDR M(14) AA25 DQ12 80 ML DATA12 B17 MDATA L(12) EADDR M(15) AB22 DQ13 82 ML DATA13 D17 MDATA L(13) EADDR M(16) AB23 DQ14 83 ML DATA14 A16 MDATA L(14) EADDR M(17) AB24 DQ15 85 ML DATA15 C16 MDATA L(15) EADDR M(18) AB25 DQ16 31 ML DATA16 D8 MDATA L(16) EADDR M(19) AC23 DQ17 33 ML DATA17 A7 MDATA L(17) EADDR M(20) AC24 DQ18 34 ML DATA18 B7 MDATA L(18) EADDR M(21) AC25 DQ19 36 ML DATA19 C7 MDATA L(19) EADDR M(22) AD24 DQ20 37 ML DATA20 D7 MDATA L(20) EDATA M(0) AD23 DQ21 39 ML DATA21 B6 MDATA L(21) EDATA M(1) AE23 DQ22 40 ML DATA22 C6 MDATA L(22) EDATA M(2) AD22 DQ23 42 ML DATA23 D6 MDATA L(23) EDATA M(3) AE22 DQ24 45 ML DATA24 A5 MDATA L(24) EDATA M(4) AC21 DQ25 47 ML DATA25 C5 MDATA L(25) EDATA M(5) AD21 DQ26 48 ML DATA26 D5 MDATA L(26) EDATA M(6) AE21 DQ27 50 ML DATA27 B4 MDATA L(27) EDATA M(7) AB20 DQ28 51 ML DATA28 C4 MDATA L(28) DQ29 53 ML DATA29 A3 MDATA L(29) DQ30 54 ML DATA30 B3 MDATA L(30) DQ31 56 ML DATA31 A2 MDATA L(31) EDATA M(11) AC19 E1 RAWDATA (2) EDATA M(12) AD19 D4 RAWDATA (3) EDATA M(13) AE19 D2 RAWDATA (4) EDATA M(14) AD18 D1 RAWDATA (5) EDATA M(15) AE18 C3 RAWDATA (6) C2 RAWDATA (7) C1 RAWDATA (8) B2 RAWDATA (9) B1 RAWDATA (10) A1 RAWDATA (11) F4 TGCLK MCCLK A W1 CARD SCK G2 TGHD MCDT A(3) Y4 CARD DAT3 G4 TGVD MCDT A(2) Y3 CARD DAT2 H3 VGATE MCDT A(1) Y2 CARD DAT1 Z23 EDATA M(8) AC20 IC1103 MB87M1982BGL DIGIC DV EDATA M(9) AD20 EDATA M(10) AB19 MCDT A(0) Y1 CARD DAT MCCMD A W2 CARD CMD TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2 IC2301 (3/3) XEWRL M AB18 XEWRL XEWRU M AB17 XEWRU Z25 AUD1 O AD3 AUDI2 AUD1 I W21 AUD1 I AE4 AUDO1 XERD M AC16 XERD LRCK V21 LRCK AE2 LPCLK DREQ (0) AC15 XDREQ XDACK (0) AE17 XDACK WCK IC2301(1/3) MB87M4541BGL VIC4 Y25 WCK AE1 WCLK LREQ/PIO AA25 MACS XINT1 AE16 XEINT(1) TRST T2 XEINTO/PI V3 MACS XINT0 AD16 XEINT(0) TMS T3 XFB IOW/PIO T3 XEWR USB AE15 XEWR USB TCK T1 CCLK/PIO P2 CCLK AE10 BDATACLK TDO T4 VCLK G1 27M AE11 VCLK DP USB AE14 TDO M23 VIC TDO R2 TDI DN USB AD13 TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MAIN PCB TO CAMERA SECTION-2 MAIN PCB MACS TDO D+ D− Q3502 BDATA (1) BDATA (2) BDATA (3) BDATA (4) BDATA (5) BDATA (6) BDATA (7) AE9 AD9 AC9 AB9 AE8 AD8 AC8 BDATA (0) AB10 ADATA (6) AB11 AD10 ADATA (7) AC11 ADATA (5) AD11 ADATA (4) AE12 AC12 ADATA (3) ADATA (0) ADATA (1) AE13 AD12 ADATA (2) ADATA (7) K6 ADATA (2) J2 ADATA (6) ADATA (1) J1 K5 ADATA (0) H1 ADATA (5) BDATA (7) N1 ADATA (4) BDATA (6) M6 C14 K3 BDATA (5) M3 B14 VF B2 ADATA (3) BDATA (4) M2 VF G2 J3 BDATA (3) MACS XRST A15 K2 BDATA (2) L6 M1 BDATA (0) BDATA (1) L1 L5 CARD SCK CARD DAT3 CARD DAT2 CARD DAT1 CARD DAT CARD CMD VF R LCD VF G LCD VF B LCD TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN PCB USB FS EN VF R2 Jan.MV800 E.MV830i E.

7V VTR UNREG SW11 MENU DVDD2.7V LCD2.7V CN102 SP1 − SP2 + BL CTRL BL ON LCD CS LCD EEP SCK LCD EEP SOUT LCD ON KEY AD2 KEY AD1 KEY AD0 PNL OP SW PNL B/T SW LCD B LCD G LCD R LCD VCOM VIC VD VIC HD DE POL (A FRP) DAC LCD COM VTR UNREG VTR UNREG LCD2.7V C CANON INC. 2005 .7V LI 3V 7 10 9 3 2 4 5 21 11 19 17 15 13 6 8 1 22 21 19 20 18 17 14 13 10 8 16 6 4 12 2 15 CN11 LI 3V DIAL CCW KEY AD3 DIAL CW PAE GRN VTR UNREG CARD DET CARD PRO CARD DAT1 CARD DAT CARD ACC CHA LED CARD SCK CARD DAT3 CARD CMD CARD DAT2 DVDD2.MV800 E.7V CN100 CARD ACC CHA LED CARD PRO CARD DET DIAL CW DIAL CCW KEY AD3 PAE GRN CARD DAT2 CARD CMD CARD DAT3 CARD SCK CARD DAT CARD DAT1 VTR UNREG DVDD2.7V LCD2. 2005 LCD EEP SOUT VTR UNREG DVDD2.7V E3V+LI3V FCH1/DEBUG1 41 EPM 39 CE 44 CNVSS 7 FLASH CLK 31 FLASH RTS 32 FLASH RXD1 30 FLASH TXD1 29 MODE RESET 10 N.768KHz XRESET 49 9 XCOUT CARD ACCESS LED 45 EJECT SWITCH 66 TO POWER SUPPLY SECTION MAIN PCB VTOS EN 17 MODE RESET CAM ON CHG CTL1 CHG CTL2 CHG CTL3 VTR ON DC J DET DC V DET A/D I A/D V BATT INFO AD LI3 DET IC3201 CS CH DET E3V 2.MV800i E.7V SW102 DE ON/OFF SW100 DATA/SELF SW103 DE SEL SW101 CARD MIX SW104 END SEARCH PNL OP SW SP1 − SP2 + TO R KEY I FPC TO SWITCH ASS'Y TO SPEAKER TO SERVO SECTION MAIN PCB ZR100 A MV800i E MV800 E MV790E DM-FV500 ONLY ZD101 87 BATT A/D E3V 3 21 20 17 18 19 15 13 14 16 5 4 8 6 7 1 ZD102 VTR UNREG TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN PCB MIC ON 26 VTOS ACTIVE 24 CN100 LCD ON BL ON BL CTRL LCD CS LCD EEP SOUT LCD EEP SCK POL (A FRP) VIC HD VIC VD DE LCD VCOM DAC LCD VCOM PANEL B PANEL R PANEL G PNL B/T SW CN100 CHAGE LED DIAL CW DIAL CCW KEY AD3 PAE GRN VTR UNREG LI 3V LI PCB 7 3 2 4 5 6 1 8 7 5 6 4 3 2 CN11 LI 3V DIAL CCW KEY AD3 DIAL CW PAE GRN VTR UNREG CHAGE LED ZD10 SW12 1 3 BT11 T BT10 2 LITHIUM BATTERY 4 KEY AD3 95 DIAL CW SWITCH 42 DIAL CCW SWITCH 43 Q105 PAE/GREEN SW 75 LCD ON LCD EEP SCK TO CAMERA SECTION-2 MAIN PCB TO CAMERA SECTION-3 MAIN PCB 01 LCD B LCD G LCD R CARD DAT1 CARD DAT CARD SCK CARD DAT3 CARD CMD CARD DAT2 Jan.7V 5 4 25 26 22 24 23 8 3 2 1 6 7 13 12 11 10 19 18 21 20 9 27 28 17 18 CN103 KEY AD RW KEY AD2 1 3 TO LCD PCB CN901 LCD 2.SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MV850i E.C ZD100 11 XOUT X101 10MHz 13 XIN 8 XCIN RMC PULSE IN 16 X100 32.7V LED10 SW10 P AE GREEN CN10 MMC VDD MMC RSV MMC CMD MMC SCK MMC DAT MMC DAT1 MMC DAT2 CARD PRO CARD DET 4 1 2 5 7 8 9 10 12 SD CARD ZR300 A ZR200 A MV850i E MV830i E MV830E ONLY DVDD2.MV830 E.5V ON VIC VD VIC HD DAC LCD COM DE POL (A FRP) 20 EVF 8.7V VOUT LI3V VIC3 CS 48 53 CAM 0N VIC3 CLOCK 35 98 CHG CTL1 99 CHG CTL2 100 CHG CTL3 52 VTR ON 71 DC J DET 80 DC V DET 90 A/D I 89 A/D V E3V E3V+LI3V VIC3 TO SUBCOM DATA 34 SUBCOM TO VIC3 DATA 33 IC100 M3030CMEL-A20GP MODE MI-COM.MV830i E.7V VTR POWER SWITCH 76 CAM POWER SWITCH 77 CN101 CK3V PHOTO SW HALF PHOTO SW START/STOP SW TAPE/CARD SW VTR PW SW CAM PW SW ZOOM AD 8 9 10 4 5 1 2 7 CN103 DVDD3V E3V+LI3V EPM CE CNVSS FLASH CLK FLASH RST FLASH RXD1 FLASH TXD1 MODE RESET DEBCLK DEBUD DEBDD XDEBEN CG CS EEP/CG CLK EEP/CG SO DOT CLK OSD I0 OSD I1 VIC HD VIC VD B7 A15 A2 A3 A4 B2 B3 B4 B5 A1 A6 A8 A10 A12 B8 B9 B10 B11 B12 B13 B14 B15 TO OPERATION KEY UNIT R-KEY2 PCB ZD101 T/XC PW SW 78 FCH0/DEBUG0 36 AVDD2.5V ON VTR UNREG CHAGE LED 50 LCD2. VTOS PC STOV CS VTOS SCK VTOS DATA STOV DATA 1 ZD105 MTOC MODE2 59 ZD102 MTOC MODE1 58 MTOC MODE0 57 CASSETTE IN SWITCH 67 CAS IN 88 BATT INFO A/D 25 LI3V DETECT 18 E3DET 73 CH DET CASSETTE MEMORY A/D0 84 CASSETTE MEMORY A/D1 85 MIC2 28 CASSETTE MEMORY A/D2 86 MIC3 27 VIC VD VIC HD OSD I1 OSD I0 DOT CLK CG SO CG CLK CG CS XDEBEN DEBDD DEBUD DEBCLK ZOOM KEY VTR POW SW CAM POW SW FCH 0 FCH 1 MODE RESET RMC IN XRESET EJECT SW CARD ACCESS LED VTOS EN STOV CS VTOS SCK VTOS DATA STOV DATA STOV MODE2 STOV MODE1 STOV MODE0 VTOS PC CAS IN MIC 1 MIC 2 MIC 3 MIC ON CARD DET CARD PRO LCD VCOM VIOS ACTIVE TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2 MAIN PCB SP − SP + TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN PCB CN101 VTR UNREG VTR UNREG LCD2.7V PNL B/T SW PANEL R PANEL G PANEL B DAC LCD COM LCD VCOM VIC HD VIC VD LCD CS DE LCD EEP SOUT LCD EEP SCK BL CTRL BL ON LCD ON POL (A FRP) KEY AD0 KEY AD0 KEY AD1 KEY AD2 SP2 + SP1 − PNL OP SW 6 5 17 16 26 22 21 20 24 23 15 14 11 12 10 9 8 7 25 13 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 VTR UNREG D100 96 VREF E3V+LI3V 97 AVCC BL CTRL 46 60 VCC2 14 VCC1 PANEL BL ON 38 LCD ON 47 PANEL LR 63 LCD CS ZD104 PANEL BOTTOM/TOP SWITCH 65 PANEL OPEN SWITCH 64 KEY AD2 93 5 LCD EEP SCK KEY AD1 92 3 LCD EEP SOUT KEY AD0 91 19 EVF SEN TO CAMERA SECTION-2 MAIN PCB 55 EVF 3V ON LCD EEP SCK LCD EEP SOUT EVF SEN EVF 3V ON LCD ON EVF 8.MV790 E MAIN PCB (4/8) 68 69 70 PHOTO SWITCH HARF PHOTO SWITCH START/STOP AVDD 2.

VM D.IN1+ 30 DEW SENSOR R. 2005 .HU+ 58 IC301 BD6300KU MOTOR DRIVE C.7V P 5V C.V 51 46 C.COM 17 TO POWER SUPPLY SECTION MAIN PCB D D C C VM VS VM VS D VM 12 D.EC C.PGSMT DFG 5 D.7V CN303 BOT E BOT C EOT E EOT C LED A LED K REC PRF MIC3 MIC2 MIC1 C IN T IN− T IN+ T OUT− T OUT+ S IN− S IN+ S OUT− S OUT+ TAPE TOP SENSOR 1 2 20 21 14 15 5 4 6 7 12 8 10 9 11 16 18 17 19 SAFETY SW MIC CASSETTE IN SW MIC2 MIC3 1 FG TAKE UP REEL FG SUPPLY REEL 3 IC300 NJM12904R OPE AMP 2 7 6 5 01 Jan.FBR P 5V Q300 TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MAIN PCB CN300 W W V V U U COIL COM DPG DFG SENS COM CAS IN MIC1 MIC2 MIC3 MIC ON AVDD 2.PS C.MV800i E.FGIN− 2 C VS 45 C.W 53 CN302 C H− W− W+ C H+ U+ U− V+ V− CFG2 CFG1 U COIL U COIL W COIL W COIL V COIL V COIL CFG VCC 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 1 2 3 4 5 6 17 DRUM MOTOR PG FG CAPSTAN MOTOR FG LOADING MOTOR 11 UNREG L.REF C.V 19 D.REV 28 6 VCC L.MV790 E DRUM SERVO SIGNAL DMC III MAIN PCB (5/8) CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL D.EC C.HV− 55 25 L.MV830 E.PS TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2 MAIN PCB TO CAMERA SECTION-2 MAIN PCB CAP VS CNT CFG DPG DFG DERR LMO FRBL LMO FRBH LOAD ON DRUM ON CAP ON CAP FWD CERR T REEL FG S REEL FG DA CFG DEW MSW AD TAPE TOP TAPE END TAPE LED REC PROOF REEL LED CONT DA TREEL DA SREEL CAS IN VTR UNREG AVDD 2.U 18 D.FGSMT 14 D.7V Q303 Q303 Q301 Q305 TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN PCB 10 11 3 4 1 2 9 6 5 7 C.FGSMT DPG 64 D.FGIN− 62 41 D.7V CN301 LOAD (−) LOAD (−) LOAD (+) LOAD (+) DEW+ MSW SENS MSW VCC MSW VSS 6 7 1 2 8 5 4 3 MODE SW TAPE END SENSOR BOT DET EOT DET AVDD 2.FGPGIN+ 3 C VM 44 C.HW+ 59 C. 2005 C CANON INC.IN1− 31 32 ROUT1 R.VS Q306 C.MV800 E.W 21 D.IN2− 34 AVDD 2.FRB C.SERVO SECTION MV850i E.MV830i E.IN2+ 33 35 ROUT2 R.FGIN+ 61 Q304 AVDD 2.VM D.U 50 43 C.HW− 60 CFG 63 C.HU− 57 C.HV+ 56 24 L.PGIN− 4 D VS 13 D.VM R.FWD 26 29 L.7V 42 C.VS D.

C B4 A4 B9 B8 A7 B10 A1 B7 B5 B6 B3 CN2900 VTR UNREG RMC IN TDI TMS TCK TDO V I/O TRST MIC2 MIC3 VTR ON IC3201 Q821 AA4.MV800i E.MV830i E.MV800 E.7V EXT RDY1/PI T6 RDY XECS(1)/PIO X1 XECS1 XEWRL X12 XEWRL EDREQ/PIO V5 XDREQ EDACK/PIO W5 XDACK SCS(9)/PIO B7 USB FS EN SI(3)/PIO E10 MACS XRST EDATA (0) AB11 B12 CLAMP PWM AA11 X11 AC10 B20 COMP IN AB10 E1 PIO(5) AA10 IC2301 (2/3) MB87M4541BGL VIC4 Y10 X10 AC9 AVDD 2. 2005 C TO CAMERA SECTION-3 MAIN PCB CANON INC.7V 32 19 47 34 41 40 42 TO POWER SUPPLY SECTION MAIN PCB VTR ON IC3201 FROM CAMERA SECTION-3 LRCK MIC POWER 3 PRE AMP 45 28 4 WCK 5 AUDIO I/F CONTROLLER HPF FIL1 FIL2 EQ FIL3 ALC1 6 +2db to −2db −24db +12db 0db Q803 26 OFFSET CANCEL HPF OVF DETECT OFFSET CANCEL HPF ADC 44 39 PRE AMP 7 27 25 MIXER & DEM TO SERVO SECTION MAIN PCB DAC MIX OPGA IC801 AK4567 AIF4 MIC2 MIC3 36 31 HP AMP 29 LINE OUT 12 35 CONTROL REGISTER I/F 21 ALC2 14 16 17 23 24 2 E1 A0 EADDR (1) D1 EADDR (2) C1 DQ0 E2 EDATA (0) EADDR (3) A1 H2 EDATA (1) EADDR (4) B1 E3 EDATA (2) EADDR (5) D2 H3 EDATA (3) EADDR (6) C2 H4 EDATA (4) EADDR (7) A2 E4 EDATA (5) EADDR (8) B5 H5 EDATA (6) EADDR (9) A5 E5 EDATA (7) EADDR (10) C5 F2 EDATA (8) EADDR (11) D5 G2 EDATA (9) EADDR (12) B6 F3 EDATA (10) EADDR (13) A6 G3 EDATA (11) EADDR (14) C6 F4 EDATA (12) EADDR (15) D6 G5 EDATA (13) EADDR (16) E6 F5 EDATA (14) EADDR (17) B2 DQ15 G6 EDATA (15) EADDR (18) C3 EADDR (19) D4 A19 EADDR (20) D3 NC3 IC2300 S29AL016D70BFI020 FLASH RDY XECS1 XEWRL XDREQ XDACK USB FS EN MACS XRST MACS TDO TCK TMS EDATA (0) to (15) EADDR (0) to (22) XERD XEWRU TRST AUD 2 I MACS1 I SPK AMP 20 13 Q804 EADDR (0) F1 CE G1 OE A4 WE B4 RESET 01 Jan.AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MV850i E.7V P5V AA2. 2005 .7V AB9 AA9 TO CAMERA SECTION-2 MAIN PCB NF702 P GY OUT Y GY OUT Y9 X9 Q2301 E15 BYPASS AC8 AB8 NF701 EDATA (15) E16 COMP FB AA8 CN701 TO FRONT ASS'Y (MIC) 2 4 INT MIC R INT MIC L EADDR (22) Z2 Y3 Z1 AA3 AA1 AA2 AB1 AB2 AC1 AB3 AC2 AC3 AB4 AA4 AB5 AA5 AA6 AC5 AB6 AC6 Y7 X7 TRST XECS(0) XRESET N20 AA7 EADDR (0) SCS(2)/PIO V2 XERD SCLK(2)/PIO F8 Y1 XECS(2)/PIO B11 W6 LPS/PIO X2 AA12 XEWRU SOUND A1 X23 TCK M25 TMS AMCK N25 SO(2)/PIO X24 UAT CLKI/PIO XECS(5)/PIO F7 Q2307 W2 75Ω RMC IN EJECT SW XRESET SP+ SP− TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MAIN PCB B10 B18 COMP O M24 TDI Q2304 VTR UNREG N.MV830 E.7V AA4.MV790 E ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL ANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL DIGITAL AUDIO SIGNAL USB SIGNAL MAIN PCB (6/8) E18 VRH1 Q2311 TO CAMERA SECTION-3 MAIN PCB C12 AGC PWM D− D+ Q3501 W1 XECS(4)/PIO F9 SCS(6)/PIO P5V CN2101 TO JACK PCB SECTION CN1 30 25 26 23 29 7 31 5 3 6 9 11 13 10 ZR300 A ZR200 A MV850i E MV830i E MV830E ONLY P5V D− D+ VBUS CAM LED AV R RMC IN AV DET V I/O/HP R AV L/HP L EJECT SW P GY OUT Y GY OUT AVDD2.

7V 45 RAPC DA SREEL SCS(3)/PIO U24 CAP VS CNT LMO FRBL LMO FRBH LOAD ON CAP ON DRUM ON REC PROOF REEL LED CONT DA SREEL DA TREEL TAPE TOP TAPE END MSW AD DEW CAS IN T REEL FG S REEL FG DERR CERR CFG DPG DFG CAP FWD TAPE LED B5 RCLK REEL LED CONT TO SERVO SECTION MAIN PCB PIO(9) C13 DRUM ON REC PROOF PIO(8) D1 RAFC CAP ON G3 XRCLK LOAD ON HA 3V EADDR(8)/PIO U23 LMO FRBH X8 RCLK LMO FRBL TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MAIN PCB VIC VD VIC HD OSD I0 OSD I1 DOT CLK STOV MODE0 STOV MODE1 STOV MODE2 CG CS STOV CS ZOOM KEY CARD DET CARD PRO CARD ACCESS LED VTOS EN VTOS SCK VTOS DATA STOV DATA XDEBEN DEBUD DEBDD DEBCLK CG SO CG CLK VTOS PC VTR POW SW MODE RESET CAM POW SW FCH 0 FCH 1 LCD VCOM VIC VD REC CONT CAP VS CNT TO JACK SECTION JACK PCB CN1 20 19 17 16 XRCLK 27 VDD3 5 DQ3 AB19 RCLK 14 VDD2 DQ2 TPA EAFC VDDQ2 MDATA (2) MDATA (0) RAPC VDDQ1 9 4 K21 RAGC 3 DQ1 MDATA (1) EQFC VDD1 MDATA (0) EQ CONT 1 2 GDL CONT DQ0 GDH CONT SDRAM 2.MV830 E. 2005 46 34 Q2000 1 42 CN2000 H1A H1B H2A H2B 2 3 5 6 NC H1A H1B H2A H2B CH-1 HEAD CH-2 HEAD DRUM UNIT PB ON AA22 21 AUDIO SIGNAL GCA TO CAMERA SECTION–3 IC2301 (1/3) XRCLK 01 IC2000 LD502W VRP2 A15 B15 A3 B2 A5 A6 A8 A10 6 CTL(0)/PIO PBRF K25 17 SWP T21 2 UTIL SWP (1) P21 R23 V24 UTIL SWP (0) AIN12 AA23 38 CN2900 FCH 1 LCD VCOM VTR POW SW MODE RESET CAM POW SW FCH 0 SWP PBRF EPH 29 GDL 30 13 EQ 11 12 VCO 28 8 25 26 22 23 F13 AIN11 Y14 PB H A13 AC15 U21 GDH CONT AIN10 UTIL SWP (3) AIN15 AA15 UTIL SWP (2) TAPE LED AIN14 AB14 F14 CAP FWD PWM(6)/PIO AA14 XRDAT GDL CONT DFG PWM(7)/PIO A2 RAGC DPG BGRNTX/PIO E6 B13 CFG V6 V25 CERR TCLK/PI EQ CONT DERR BRQ/PIO E3 EQFC T REEL FG S REEL FG W3 RAGC DEW CAS IN PIO(7) UTIL SWP (4) MSW AD E2 RAPC TAPE END 5 REC ON 43 L24 DA TREEL TAPE TOP HA 4.AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-2 DIGITAL DV SIGNAL MV850i E.MV830i E.MV800i E.MV800 E. 2005 .7V C CANON INC.MV790 E CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL DRUM SERVO SIGNAL DIGITAL (VIDEO+AUDIO SIGNAL) MAIN PCB (7/8) 43 VDDQ3 49 VDDQ4 7 DQ4 8 DQ5 10 DQ6 11 DQ7 13 DQ8 42 DQ9 44 DQ10 45 DQ11 47 DQ12 48 DQ13 50 DQ14 51 DQ15 53 A0 23 A1 24 IC2302 EDS6416AHTA-75-E SDRAM A2 25 A3 26 A4 29 A5 30 A6 31 A7 32 A8 33 A9 34 A10 22 A11 35 BA1 21 BA0 20 LDQM 15 /WE 16 /CAS 17 /RAS 18 /CS 19 CKE 37 CLK 38 UDQM 39 MDATA (3) MDATA (4) MDATA (5) MDATA (6) MDATA (7) MDATA (8) MDATA (9) MDATA (10) MDATA (11) MDATA (12) MDATA (13) MDATA (14) MDATA (15) ADDR (0) ADDR (1) ADDR (2) ADDR (3) ADDR (4) ADDR (5) ADDR (6) ADDR (7) ADDR (8) ADDR (9) ADDR (10) ADDR (11) ADDR (12) ADDR (13) DQML XWE XCAS XRAS XCS CKE MCLK DQMU K20 MDATA (1) XTPA AA18 J23 MDATA (2) TPB AC20 J20 MDATA (3) XTPB AB20 H25 MDATA (4) H24 MDATA (5) HD N21 H23 MDATA (6) VD R25 H21 MDATA (7) OSD I(0)/PI N24 F21 MDATA (8) OSD I(1)/PI N23 F23 MDATA (9) DOTCLK/PIO P25 F24 MDATA (10) D(0)/PIO W20 F25 MDATA (11) D(1)/PIO AB25 G20 MDATA (12) D(2)/PIO AA24 G21 MDATA (13) G25 MDATA (14) H20 MDATA (15) E19 ADDR (0) F19 ADDR (1) C20 ADDR (2) E20 ADDR (3) C21 ADDR (4) A22 ADDR (5) B22 ADDR (6) C22 ADDR (7) A23 ADDR (8) B23 ADDR (9) A24 ADDR (10) A25 ADDR (11) B24 ADDR (12) B25 ADDR (13) E24 DQML E25 XWE D24 XCAS D23 XRAS C23 XCS C24 CKE D25 MCLK E23 DQMU CTL(1)/PIO Y21 SYSCLK/PIO AB24 AIN2 AA16 XESC(3)/PIO X5 XEINT2/PI U6 PIO(6) H6 SCS(0)/PIO E7 UAT CLKO/PIO A3 TX/PIO C6 RX/PIO B3 XDEBEN R6 DEBUD R5 DEBDD T2 DEBCLK T1 SO(1)/PIO F11 SCLK(1)/PIO F12 SO(0)/PIO A9 IC2301(3/3) MB87M4541BGL VIC4 CN2101 XTPB TPB XTPA TPA VIC HD OSD I0 OSD I1 DOT CLK STOV MODE0 STOV MODE1 STOV MODE2 CG CS STOV CS ZOOM KEY CARD DET CARD PRO CARD ACCESS LED VTOS EN VTOS SCK VTOS DATA STOV DATA XDEBEN DEBUD DEBDD DEBCLK CG SO CG CLK VTOS PC REC H X25 UTIL SWP(5) A14 32 RDAT U20 35 36 RFGT/PI RFGS/PI R24 PWMD R20 PWMC U25 CFG R21 DPG T24 DFG P24 CAPDIR/PIO D(6)/PIO Jan.

MV800i E.7V HA 4.7V DVDD 3V MICOM 8 1 3 17 RESET 18 LIDET 9 19 LI3V 20 E3V Q3206 3V (CH6) CH6 22 2.7V VOUT TO REAR ASS'Y (BATTERY TERMIANL) 3 1 2 4 5 CN3202 BATT INFO AD BATT − BATT − BATT + BATT + 4 LPF 2 76 25 CS HA 3V 5 CAM 3V DVDD 3V 27 SW OUT 21 VIN 1 3 VTR UNREG IC3201 BD9732KUT CHARGE.7V (CH2) CH2 Q1800 6 7 4 2 68 5 5 LPF AA 2.7V LPF SDRAM 2. 2005 .4V (CH1) 29 DRUM SERVO SIGNAL 3 5 TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION MAIN PCB DC J DET DC V DET A/D I CHG CTL1 CHG CTL2 CHG CTL3 MODE RESET LI3 DET LI3V E3V 2.7V VOUT IC3201 CS CH DET CAM ON VTR ON A/D V BATT INFO AD Power from Battery Power from DC JACK Battery charge DVDD 1. BACKUP.7V 2 75 P 5V 1 3 36 Q3203 DRUM VS (CH3) CH3 34 5 D VM C VM 4 TO SEEVO SECTION MAIN PCB 2 69 1 3 13 Q3204 CAP VS (CH4) CH4 15 1 TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN PCB VTR ON IC3201 3 5 4 2 74 3 STB 79 DCT7 Q3208 7 CH7 77 Q3207 T3201 D3203 4 3 CCD −7V 5 6 2 7 1 8 D3201 LPF LCD 8.7V 65 Q3211 44 CLV 57 CTL 60 CHARGE CTL1 Q1803 4 3 2 AVDD 2.7V REGULATOR V IN 4 AA 4.MV830i E.4V AVDD 1.4V 40 CH1 4 2 Q3201 1.7V 63 OUT DIF 2.7V 38 59 CHARGE CTL2 1 Q3202 2.MV800 E. 2005 C CANON INC.7V LPF LCD 2.MV790 E MAIN PCB (8/8) D1801 FU3201 DC PCB FU3202 CN3212 DC JACK DC + SW DC − 2 3 1 2 3 1 CN3201 DC + DC J SW DC − FU3203 C VS D VS TO SERVO SECTION MAIN PCB VTR UNREG 30 Q1802 FU1800 5 OSC MACS 1.4V 33 VCC 1 CAPSTAN SERVO SIGNAL 4 2 66 1 LPF 3 LPF DVDD 2.POWER SUPPLY SECTION MV850i E. DC/DC CONV CONTROL 11 Q3205 P5V (CH5) CH5 5 5 4 IC3203 NJM2865F3 V OUT 4.5V D3202 CCD 15V 01 Jan.MV830 E.

MV790 E DATA COMMUNICATION LCD PCB VTR UNREG VTR UNREG 5 T4201 Q4201 SWITCH ON 1 CONTROL 4 4 7 3 3 IC4201 R1223N152H DC/DC CONVERTER CONTROL 2 1 3 VTR UNREG 6 2 5 1 6 5 4 3 LCD 2.MV830 E.MV830i E. 2005 Q4204 LCS SO CLK CN902 PVDD VCC DFRP LCD R(VA) LCD G(VB) LCD B(VC) APOL VCOMR VSYNC HSYNC SCB SDA SCL VGOF FH VGOF FL VGL VGH VCAC C31− C31+ V3 C8− C8+ C12− C12+ C1− C1+ VCI OUT ADJ1 ADJ0 FB 5 22 18 9 10 11 34 40 16 17 14 13 12 39 38 37 36 35 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 21 4 3 2 LCD UNIT LCD C CANON INC.MV800i E.7V 16 LCD 2.LCD PCB SECTION MV850i E.7V CN901 TO SYSTEM CONTROL SECTION R-KEY2 PCB CN100 01 4 VTR UNREG 5 VTR UNREG 15 LCD 2. 2005 .7V Q4202 DRIVER 4 1 5 2 WP4201 Q4203 Q902 BACK LIGHT Q901 WP4202 VTR UNREG LCD 2.MV800 E.7V 24 LCD 3V ON 6 BL ON 7 BL CTRL 12 POL (A FRP) 21 LCD R 20 LCD G 19 LCD B 22 VCOMAC 23 DAC LCD COM 13 VIC VD 14 VIC HD 10 LCD CS 9 LCD EEP SOUT 8 LCD EEP SCK 11 DE Jan.

JACK PCB SECTION ANALOG VIDEO SIGNAL MV850i E.7V P5V CN2 P5V CAM LED RMC IN 1 2 3 4 5 3 USB JACK TO FRONT ASS'Y ZR300 A ZR200 A MV850i E MV830i E MV830E ONLY P5V AV JACK CN3 CN4 XTPB TPB XTPA TPA AVDD2.7V 2 OUT 2 OUT ZR100 A MV800i E MV800 E MV790E DM-FV500 ONLY C CANON INC.MV790 E ANALOG AUDIO SIGNAL USB SIGNAL JACK PCB CN5 VBUS (+5V) D− D+ TO AUDIO-VIDEO SECTION-1 MAIN PCB CN2101 CN1 10 8 7 4 2 26 30 28 27 3 13 14 16 17 24 20 22 23 VBUS D− D+ CAM LED RMC IN AV R V I/O/HP R AV DET AV L/HP L P5V XTPB TPB XTPA TPA EJECT SW Y GY OUT P GY OUT AVDD2.7V Jan.MV800 E.MV800i E. 2005 .7V 1 2 3 4 DV JACK SW1 CN1 16 20 18 17 3 4 6 7 14 10 12 13 01 AV R V I/O/HP R AV DET AV L/HP L XTPB TPB XTPA TPA EJECT SW Y GY OUT P GY OUT AVDD2.MV830i E.7V IC1601 ENC-03MA VCC P SENSOR GYRO 4 AVDD2. 2005 IC1602 ENC-03MB VCC Y SENSOR GYRO 4 AVDD2.MV830 E.